Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Asset Management / International Public Partnerships Limited

International Public Partnerships Limited

inpp · LSE Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker inpp
Exchange LSE
Sector Financial Services
Industry Asset Management
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2023 Annual Report · International Public Partnerships Limited
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
ANNUAL REPORT AND 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2023

I

n

t

e

r

n

a

t

i

o

n

a

l

P

u

b

l

i

c

P

a

r

t

n

e

r

s

h

i

p

s

L

i

m

i

t

e

d

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

f

i

n

a

n

c

i

a

l

s

t

a

t

e

m

e

n

t

s

2

0

2

3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
OUR PURPOSE IS TO INVEST RESPONSIBLY 
IN SOCIAL AND PUBLIC INFRASTRUCTURE 
THAT DELIVERS LONG-TERM BENEFITS FOR 
ALL STAKEHOLDERS.
We aim to provide our investors with stable, long-term, inflation-
linked returns, based on growing dividends and the potential for 
capital appreciation.
We expect to achieve this by investing in a diversified portfolio 
of infrastructure assets and businesses which, through our 
active management, meets societal and environmental needs 
both now and into the future.

OVERVIEW

Strategic report

corporate governance

Financial StatementS

COMPANY FACTS
 – London Stock Exchange trading code: INPP.L

 – Member of the FTSE 250 and FTSE All-Share indices

 – £2.6 billion market capitalisation at 31 December 2023

 – 1,911 million Ordinary Shares in issue at 31 December 2023

 – Eligible for ISA/PEPs and SIPPs

 – Guernsey incorporated company

 – International Public Partnerships Limited (the ‘Company’, 

‘INPP’, the ‘Group’ (where including consolidated 
entities)) shares are excluded from the Financial 
Conduct Authority’s (‘FCA’s’) restrictions, which apply 
to non-mainstream investment products, and can be 
recommended by independent financial advisers to 
their clients

 – Registered company number: 45241

GLOSSARY
Certain words and terms used throughout this Annual Report and financial 
statements are defined in the Glossary on pages 109 to 111. Where alternative 
performance measures (‘APMs’) are used, these are identified by being marked 
with an * and further information on the measure can be found in the Glossary.

COVER IMAGES
Front cover: Wakatipu High School, Queenstown, New Zealand

Inside cover: Flat Bush Primary School, Auckland, New Zealand

CONTENTS

COMPANY OVERVIEW
02  Full-Year Financial Highlights

03  Responsible Investment Highlights

STRATEGIC REPORT
04  Chair’s Letter

06 

Investment Case

08  Business Model –  

Delivering Long-term Benefits

10  Objectives and Performance

12  Top 10 Investments

14  Case Study – New Zealand PPP Portfolio

16  Value-focused Portfolio Development

20  Market Environment in 2023 
and Future Opportunities

22  Operating Review

38  Responsible Investment

50  Continuous Risk Management

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
63  Summary of Investment Policy

64  Board of Directors

66  Corporate Governance Report

75  Audit and Risk Committee Report

78  Directors’ Report

79  Directors’ Responsibilities Statement

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
80 

Independent Auditor’s Report to 
the Members of International Public 
Partnerships Limited

86  Consolidated Financial Statements

90  Notes to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements

109  Glossary

112  Key Contacts

113  Annex – SFDR periodic reporting 

requirements (unaudited)

View our company website
www.internationalpublicpartnerships.com

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

01

 
FULL-YEAR 
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

We aim to provide our investors with stable, long-term, inflation-linked 
returns, based on growing dividends and the potential for capital 
appreciation.

DIVIDENDS

8.13p

2023 full-year dividend per share1* 
(5% dividend growth)

8.37p

2024 full-year dividend target per share2* 
(3% dividend growth)

8.58p

2025 full-year dividend target per share2
(2.5% dividend growth)

5.0%

2023 dividend growth*
(2022: 2.5%)

1.1X

Cash dividend cover3* 
(2022: 1.3x)

NET ASSET VALUE (‘NAV’)4*

TOTAL SHAREHOLDER RETURN (‘TSR’)*

£2.9bn

NAV at 31 December 20234  
(2022: £3.0bn)

152.6p

NAV per share at 31 December 20234  
(2022: 159.1p) 

209.6%

TSR since Initial Public Offering (‘IPO’)5 
(2022: 222.6%)

4.1%

Decrease in NAV  
(2022: Increase of 20.2%)

4.1%

Decrease in NAV per share*
(2022: Increase of 7.3%)

6.8%

Annualised TSR since IPO5
(2022: 7.5%)

PORTFOLIO ACTIVITY

REAL RETURNS

PROFIT

£108.1m

Cash investments made during 2023
(2022: £191.6m)

0.7%

Portfolio inflation-linked returns*
at 31 December 20236 
(2022: 0.7%)

£28.0m

Profit before tax7
(2022: £326.8m)

1  Further information regarding the 2023 full-year dividend and future dividend targets can be found in the Chair’s Letter. The dividend in respect of the six months to 31 December 2023 

of 4.07 pence per share is expected to be paid on 13 June 2024.

2  Future profit projection and dividends cannot be guaranteed. Projections are based on current estimates and may vary in future.
3  Cash dividend payments to investors are paid from net operating cash flows before capital activity* as detailed on pages 28 to 29. Movements in the level of coverage from period to period can 

be expected due to the profile of projected distribution receipts from the portfolio over time (see chart on page 34), and are not necessarily a reflection of changes in the level of asset performance.

4  The methodology used to determine the NAV is described in detail on pages 30 to 37.
5  Since IPO in November 2006. Source: Bloomberg. Share price appreciation plus dividends assumed to be reinvested.
6  Calculated by running a ‘plus 1.0%’ inflation sensitivity for each investment and solving each investment’s discount rate to return the original valuation. The inflation-linked return is the 

increase in the weighted average discount rate.

7  The decrease in profit in the year is principally reflective of the unrealised fair value loss on the portfolio in the period. Further information is available on pages 28 to 29.

02

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

OVERVIEW

Strategic report

corporate governance

Financial StatementS

RESPONSIBLE
INVESTMENT HIGHLIGHTS

The Company supports the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development 
adopted by the UN Member States in 2015.

Alignment with the UN Sustainable Development Goals (‘SDGs’) 
is a key part of the Company’s approach to Environmental, Social 
and Governance (‘ESG’) integration, and demonstrates the positive 
environmental and social characteristics of its investments. 
Currently, 100% of our investments support at least one SDG 
and some of the key contributions are demonstrated below:

SDG

POSITIVE ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL 
CHARACTERISTICS AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2023

PORTFOLIO SDG ALIGNMENT 
AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2023

>180,000

Students attending schools developed and maintained 
by the Company

17%

37,000,000m3

The three components of the London Tideway Improvements 
will work conjunctively to reduce discharges in a typical year 
by c.37 million cubic metres

14%

c.2,700,000

Estimated equivalent number of homes capable of being 
powered by renewable energy transmitted through offshore 
transmission (‘OFTO’) investments

17%

>212,000,000

Annual passenger journeys through sustainable 
transport investments

24%

For further information on the Company’s contribution to Responsible Investment, please see pages 38 to 49 and the Company’s Sustainability Report.

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

03

CHAIR’S LETTER

The Board and the Investment 
Adviser continue to maintain 
a focus on actively managing 
the portfolio to ensure 
the Company remains 
well positioned 
for the long term.

MIKE GERRARD
CHAIR

DEAR SHAREHOLDERS,
I am pleased to report that the Company’s 
diversified portfolio of over 140 assets and 
businesses has continued to perform well 
both operationally and financially, with cash 
generation in line with expectations.

Whilst the portfolio continues to demonstrate 
its resilience, and the need for infrastructure 
investment has never been stronger, the 
broader economic environment continues to 
weigh on the share prices of the Company and 
those within the wider UK listed investment 
trust sector. Against this backdrop, the 
Board and the Investment Adviser continue 
to maintain a focus on actively managing the 
portfolio to ensure that the Company remains 
well positioned for the long term. 

Accordingly, and in conjunction with the 
publication of the Company’s Half-yearly 
Financial Report, the Board committed to 
taking a number of actions, including revising 
the dividend targets; reducing the use of 
the Company’s Corporate Debt Facility 
(‘CDF’) and realising value from the existing 
portfolio. During the year, the Company also 
announced a share buyback programme, 
owing to the Board’s continued belief that 
the current discount to NAV, at which the 
shares are trading, materially undervalues 

the Company. Notably, the Company’s 
29 February 2024 share price implied a 
projected net return of 9.3%1 which was, in 
our view, an attractive 4.7% premium to that 
offered by a 30-year UK government bond. 
An update on our progress against these 
initiatives is set out later in this Chair’s Letter.

FINANCIAL AND OPERATIONAL 
PERFORMANCE
The revenues generated by the Company’s 
underlying investments are predominantly 
availability-based or regulated in nature and, 
coupled with high levels of inflation-linkage, 
have enabled the Company to increase 
its dividends every year since the IPO in 
2006. It is a testament to the resilience of 
the Company’s investment portfolio that 
such increases have occurred across 
a number of market cycles and under 
various macroeconomic conditions.

During the year, the Company’s NAV 
decreased from 159.1 pence per share 
at 31 December 2022 to 152.6 pence 
per share2 as at 31 December 2023. 
This reduction reflects, among other factors, 
the dividends paid during the year as well as 
a modest increase in the discount rates used 
to value the forecast cash flows. 

Further information on portfolio performance 
can be found in the Investor Returns and 
Efficient Financial Management sections of 
this Report.

UPDATE TO CURRENT MARKET 
ENVIRONMENT
ENHANCING SHORT-TERM 
DIVIDEND GROWTH
As reported in the Company’s Half-yearly 
Financial Report, and acknowledging the 
higher levels of inflation in the economy, 
the Company decided to increase its 
2023 dividend to 8.13 pence per share, 
representing a 5% increase compared 
to the 2022 dividend whilst maintaining 
cash dividend cover of 1.1x3 (2022: 1.3x). 
The dividend in respect of the six months to 
31 December 2023 of 4.07 pence per share 
is expected to be paid on 13 June 2024.

Inflation remained elevated during the year 
and although it has now moderated, the 
Board has decided to increase the 2024 
dividend target to 8.37 pence per share4, 
reflecting growth of 3% (previously 2.5%) 
compared to the 2023 dividend. The increase 
in the target dividend growth rate for 2024 
takes into account the Company’s ambitions 
to sustainably grow dividends over the long 
term, whilst providing full dividend cash 
coverage from net operating cash flow 
before capital activity.

1  As at 31 December 2023. 30-year bond used owing to the UK weighting of the portfolio and the weighted average investment tenor of c.38 years.
2  The methodology used to determine the NAV is described in detail on pages 30 to 37.
3  Cash dividend payments to investors are paid from net operating cash flows before capital activity* as detailed on pages 28 to 29. Movements in the level of coverage from period to period can be 
expected due to the profile of projected distribution receipts from the portfolio over time (see chart on page 34), and are not necessarily a reflection of changes in the level of asset performance.

04

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

overview

STRATEGIC REPORT

corporate governance

Financial StatementS

Beyond 2024, the Board is forecasting 
to continue its long-term projected annual 
dividend growth rate of 2.5% such that the 
2025 dividend target is 8.58 pence per share4. 

The projected cash receipts from the 
Company’s portfolio are such that even if no 
further investments are made, the Company 
should be able to continue to meet its existing 
progressive dividend policy for at least the next 
20 years5. This is an attractive and defining 
feature of the INPP investment portfolio.

REALISING VALUE FROM 
THE EXISTING PORTFOLIO
In December 2023, the Company 
announced that it had completed a 
transaction involving the realisation of its 
four OFTO senior debt investments as well 
as increasing the leverage in the Lincs OFTO 
(together, the ‘OFTO realisation’), generating 
cash proceeds of c.£200 million. The four 
senior debt investments were realised at a 
modest premium to INPP’s 30 June 2023 
valuations, so demonstrating the robustness 
of the Company’s NAV. The Company will 
continue to retain its existing equity and 
subordinated debt interests in these four 
OFTOs. In addition to the OFTO realisation, 
the Company also completed the sale of its 
stake in Airband6, generating sale proceeds 
of c.£12 million which was in line with the 
30 June 2023 valuation.

FOCUS ON REDUCING 
THE USE OF THE CDF
Higher interest rates have rendered the 
Company’s CDF more expensive to use and 
therefore the Company previously announced 
that it would focus on reducing the use of the 
CDF. Cash drawings under the CDF were 
reduced to c.£65 million by 31 December 
2023 and all cash drawings have since 
been fully repaid. These repayments were 
made using surplus free cash flow as well as 
proceeds from the Airband divestment and 
the OFTO realisation. As at the date of this 
Report, the £350 million CDF is undrawn 
with c.£14 million committed via letters of 
credit principally in support of investment 
commitments (as set out on page 17). 
The Board continues to keep the future use 
of the CDF under review and recognises 
that it can provide flexibility for accretive 
investments at an appropriate level of return. 

SHARE BUYBACK PROGRAMME
The Company previously advised that 
once the CDF drawn balance had been 
substantially reduced, it would be in a position 
to consider further measures to reduce the 
discount to the NAV at which the Company’s 
shares are trading. In December 2023, the 
Board was pleased to announce that it would 
allocate up to £30 million of the proceeds from 
the OFTO realisation towards a share buyback 
programme. The programme of buying back 
the Company’s shares commenced in early 
2024 and is expected to run for a period of 
up to 12 months. 

As at 27 March 2024, c.£5 million of 
shares have been bought back. As further 
funds become available, the Board may 
consider increasing the allocation to the 
buyback programme.

REVISED TARGET RETURN GUIDANCE
As part of the Company’s Half-yearly Financial 
Report for the six months to 30 June 2023, 
the Board announced a reassessment of 
the Company’s long-term total return target, 
given recent changes in the macroeconomic 
environment. This has since been completed 
and, going forward, rather than apply a static 
quantitative target to the assessment of new 
investment opportunities, the Board has 
decided to introduce a more dynamic and 
qualitative target that provides the requisite 
guidance to stakeholders whilst ensuring that 
the Company considers prevailing market 
and macroeconomic conditions at the 
point in time at which investment decisions 
are made. Under this new framework, the 
target return for any new investment will be 
informed by several factors including: (i) the 
Company’s share price relative to its NAV, (ii) 
the Company’s weighted average discount 
rate, and (iii) any pertinent economic or 
strategic considerations.

INVESTMENT ACTIVITY 
AND STEWARDSHIP
Investment activity during the year, which 
totalled £108.1 million, was predominantly 
focused on completing acquisitions which 
the Company had previously committed to. 
This included the Company’s first investments 
in New Zealand, being a portfolio of five 
PPP projects, as well as a small follow-on 
investment into the Ealing Building Schools 
for the Future (‘BSF’) scheme. In December 
2023, the Company committed to acquire 
the Moray East OFTO which is the Company’s 
eleventh OFTO investment. This c.£77 million 
acquisition was completed in February 2024 
using proceeds from the OFTO realisation. 

Further details of these investments, as well as 
the Company’s two investment commitments 
and one further long-standing investment 
opportunity, can be found on page 17. 

An increasing area of focus for the Company 
will be on ensuring an orderly and efficient 
hand-back of its PPP assets to the public 
sector client authorities, when the PPP 
contracts naturally mature. The first of the 
Company’s PPP contracts to mature will be 
the Hereford and Worcester Courts scheme 
which ends in 2025. The overall subject of 
asset hand-back is one which I will return to 
in future letters. Further information can also 
be seen in the Asset Management section 
on pages 22 to 27.

Following an assessment of our ESG KPIs, 
which included engaging with a number of 
shareholders, the Company has developed 
a set of new portfolio-level KPIs to advance 
its sustainability agenda. 

These KPIs are informed by industry best 
practices and encompass material topics 
such as achieving net zero emissions, 
fostering diversity and inclusion, and adhering 
to the sustainability criteria outlined in the 
EU Taxonomy. This year marks the inaugural 
disclosure period for these new KPIs, which 
will shape the next phase of our investment 
engagement and asset management 
strategies. Further detail can be found 
within the Responsible Investment section 
of this Report and in the Company’s latest 
standalone Sustainability Report.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
As part of the ongoing succession planning 
process, John Le Poidevin is due to step 
down as Chair of the Audit and Risk 
Committee at the upcoming AGM in 
May 2024 and Stephanie Coxon will be 
appointed to this role. John has led this 
committee with great skill and dedication 
since 2018, for which I thank him warmly 
on your behalf. Following this Committee 
change, there will also be changes to the 
other Committees. Full details of these 
updates can be seen in the Corporate 
Governance section on pages 66 to 74.

Following nine years of service, John will 
retire from the Board at the 2025 AGM and 
the process of recruiting a new director is 
already underway.

The Board is committed to providing 
regular and informative updates to 
existing and prospective investors; and 
in addition to regular market updates, was 
pleased to hold a Capital Markets Day for 
institutional investors and sell-side analysts 
on 27 February 2024. More information 
is available on page 74.

OUTLOOK
The continued strength, long-term nature 
and inflation-linkage of the portfolio’s 
projected cash receipts together, provide 
the Board and the Investment Adviser with 
confidence that the Company will continue 
to meet its performance objectives. Whilst 
the Company does not need to invest to 
meet these objectives, there continues to 
be significant demand in the economies 
where we are present for new investments 
in infrastructure which meet the Company’s 
criteria. In navigating the current dynamic 
market environment and its opportunities 
we will maintain our disciplined approach 
to investment acquisitions, divestments and 
portfolio management, and our commitment 
to delivering value to our shareholders.

I and my fellow directors thank you for your 
continued support. 

MIKE GERRARD
CHAIR
27 March 2024

4  Future profit projection and dividends cannot be guaranteed. Projections are based on current estimates and may vary in future.
5  This is reflective of the increased 2023 dividend and the 2024 dividend target, and 2.5% annual dividend growth thereafter.
6  The Company’s investment in Airband was through the Amber managed National Digital Infrastructure Fund (‘NDIF’).

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

05

INVESTMENT CASE

01

PREDICTABLE, LONG-TERM, 
INFLATION-LINKED CASH FLOWS
Continuing to deliver consistent financial 
returns for investors through dividends 
and capital growth.

 – Resilient, inflation-linked cash flows

 – Focus on growing predictable dividends

 – Principally regulated or contracted 

government-backed revenues

 – A diversified portfolio of investments 
with stable, long-term cash flows 
and potential growth attributes

02

RESPONSIBLE APPROACH 
TO INVESTMENT
The Company is committed to integrating 
ESG considerations across the investment 
lifecycle. In doing so, it aims to reduce risk, 
drive value creation and provide benefits 
for its stakeholders. 

 – Article 8 Financial Product, as 

categorised under Sustainable Finance 
Disclosure Regulation (‘SFDR’)

 – Positive environmental and social 

characteristics

 – Alignment with UN-backed Principles 

for Responsible Investment (‘PRI’), SDGs 
and the Task Force on Climate-related 
Financial Disclosures (‘TCFD’)

For more see pages 28 to 29

For more see pages 38 to 49

PROJECTED INVESTMENT RECEIPTS 
FROM EXISTING ASSETS
PROJECTED INVESTMENT RECEIPTS FROM EXISTING ASSETS2

Investment Receipts (£ million)

450

400

350

300

250

200

150

100

50

0

2
0
2
4

2
0
2
5

2
0
2
6

2
0
2
7

2
0
2
8

2
0
2
9

2
0
3
0

2
0
3
1

2
0
3
2

2
0
3
3

2
0
3
4

2
0
3
5

2
0
3
6

2
0
3
7

2
0
3
8

2
0
3
9

2
0
4
0

2
0
4
1

2
0
4
2

2
0
4
3

2
0
4
4

2
0
4
5

2
0
4
6

2
0
4
7

2
0
4
8

2
0
4
9

2
0
5
0

2
1
4
7

2
1
4
8

2
1
4
9

2
1
5
0

This chart is not intended to provide any future profit forecast. Cash flows shown 
are projections based on the current individual asset financial models and may 
vary in future. Only investments committed as at 31 December 2023 are included.

Westermost Rough OFTO, United Kingdom
Photo credit: GEO-4D

06

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

 
 
overview

STRATEGIC REPORT

corporate governance

Financial StatementS

03

DIVERSIFIED PORTFOLIO OF LOW-
RISK INFRASTRUCTURE ASSETS
The Company seeks to build a diversified 
portfolio of investments with low exposure 
to market demand risks.

 – Investing in infrastructure assets 

delivering essential public services 

 – Investments are diversified across 

sectors and developed geographies 

 – Low correlation to other asset classes

 – Active management of assets to 

mitigate risks and create value for 
all stakeholders

04

SPECIALIST INVESTMENT ADVISER
The Company has a long-standing 
relationship with Amber Infrastructure 
Limited (‘Amber’, the ‘Investment Adviser’). 
Amber has sourced and managed the 
Company’s assets since IPO in 20061. 

 – Amber is a specialist international 

infrastructure investment manager and one 
of the largest independent teams in the sector 
with over 180 employees internationally

 – Amber adopts a full-service approach and 

is a leading investment originator, asset and 
fund manager with a strong track record

 – Amber has local presence with personnel 
and offices across the geographies in 
which the Company invests, responsible 
for sourcing new opportunities and 
managing the investments throughout 
the full lifecycle

For more see pages 22 to 27

For more see pages 22 to 27

BOARD AND 
COMMITTEES

FUND LEVEL REPORTING 
AND BOARD SUPPORT

INVESTMENT  
PORTFOLIO

REPRESENTATION AT 
ASSET BOARD LEVEL

FINANCIAL AND ACTIVE 
ASSET MANAGEMENT

Durham Regional Courthouse, Ontario, Canada
Photo credit: WZMH Architects

STRONG AND SUSTAINABLE  
STEWARDSHIP OF PORTFOLIO

1  The Company has a first right of refusal over qualifying infrastructure assets identified by Amber, and for US investments, by Amber’s long-term investor, US Group, Hunt Companies (‘Hunt’).

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

07

BUSINESS MODEL
DELIVERING LONG-TERM BENEFITS 

OUR PURPOSE

WHAT WE DO

oUr pUrpoSe iS to 
inveSt reSponSiBlY 
in Social anD pUBlic 
inFraStrUctUre tHat 
DeliverS long-term 
BeneFitS For all 
StaKeHolDerS.
We aim to provide our 
investors with stable, long-
term, inflation-linked returns, 
based on growing dividends 
and the potential for capital 
appreciation.
We expect to achieve this 
by investing in a diversified 
portfolio of infrastructure 
assets and businesses, 
which, through our active 
management, meets societal 
and environmental needs both 
now and into the future.

SoUrce
The Company operates a rigorous 
framework of governance, incorporating 
a streamlined screening, diligence 
and execution process. This includes 
substantive input from the Company’s 
Investment Adviser and, as appropriate, 
external advisers, with the Company’s 
Board providing robust challenge 
and scrutiny

inveSt
We seek new investments through 
our Investment Adviser’s extensive 
relationships, knowledge and insights to: 

 – Enhance long-term, inflation-linked 

cash flows 

 – Provide opportunities to create long-

term value and enhance returns

 – Ensure ESG is core to the 

investment process

valUe-FocUSeD portFolio Development

 – We seek a portfolio of investments with little to no exposure to market demand risks and 

for which financial, macroeconomic, regulatory, ESG and country risks are well understood 
and manageable

 – The Investment Adviser has a strong investment team that originates attractive opportunities 

in line with the Company’s investment strategy

 – We continually monitor opportunities to enhance the Company’s existing investments 
 – The Company draws on the Investment Adviser’s award-winning sustainability programme, 

‘Amber Horizons’, to inform areas for future investment 

For more see pages 16 to 18

UNDERPINNED BY

eFFicient Financial management

reSponSiBle inveStment

continUoUS riSK management

View our company website
www.internationalpublicpartnerships.com

08

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

overview

STRATEGIC REPORT

corporate governance

Financial StatementS

optimiSe
We seek to actively manage our 
investments in order to optimise 
their financial, operational and 
ESG performance. Consideration 
is also given to the potential for 
divestments to ensure that capital 
is effectively employed

Deliver
Through our Investment Adviser’s 
active asset management of our 
investments, we aim to ensure strong 
ongoing asset performance to deliver 
target returns and wider benefits 
for stakeholders

active aSSet management

 – The Investment Adviser has an in-house asset management team dedicated to actively 

managing our investments

 – Where possible, the Investment Adviser will manage the day-to-day activities of our 

investments internally, or will exercise our responsibilities through board representation 
at asset level and engagement with management teams

 – Through our Investment Adviser, we work with public sector clients, partners and service 
providers to ensure investments are being managed both responsibly and efficiently to 
create value for stakeholders by meeting or exceeding performance targets

 – We focus on investment stewardship across the portfolio and recognise the broader 

value created from our investments

For more see pages 22 to 27

 – Efficient financial management of investment cash flows and working capital
 – Maintaining cash covered dividends
 – Ensuring cost-effective operations

For more see pages 28 to 29

 – ESG characteristics are assessed and considered throughout the investment lifecycle
 – Robust ESG objectives to build resilience and drive environmental and social progress
 – Upholding high standards of business integrity and governance

For more see pages 38 to 49

 – Robust risk analysis during investment origination ensures strong portfolio development 
 – Integrated risk management throughout the investment cycle to support strategic objectives
 – Ongoing risk assessment and mitigation supports successful continuous asset performance

For more see pages 50 to 62

VALUE CREATION

inveStor retUrnS 

Continuing to deliver consistent financial 
returns for investors through dividend growth* 
and inflation-linked returns from underlying 
cash flows and providing opportunities for 
potential capital appreciation

pUBlic Sector 
anD otHer clientS

Providing responsible investment in 
infrastructure to support the delivery 
of essential public services and broader 
societal objectives (e.g. supporting the path 
to net zero). Our ability to deliver services 
and maintain relationships with our clients 
and other key stakeholders is vital for the 
long-term prosperity and performance 
of each investment

commUnitieS 

Delivering sustainable social infrastructure for 
the benefit of communities. The Company’s 
investments provide vital public assets 
whose benefits also include enhancing local 
economies, creating jobs and strengthening 
of communities

SUpplierS anD 
tHeir emploYeeS

The performance of our service providers, 
supply chain and their employees is crucial 
for the long-term success of our investments. 
The Company promotes a progressive 
approach to:

 – Safe, healthy, inclusive workplaces
 – Corporate social responsibility
 – Opportunities for professional development 
 – Staff engagement

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

09

OBJECTIVES AND PERFORMANCE

The value we provide to our investors and our wider stakeholders 
is monitored using our strategic Key Performance Indicators (‘KPIs’). 

INVESTOR RETURNS

STRATEGIC PRIORITIES

Delivering long-term, inflation-
linked returns to investors

TARGET AN ANNUAL DIVIDEND INCREASE OF 2.5%

5.0%

Annual dividend increase achieved for 20231
(2022: 2.5%)

TARGET A LONG-TERM TOTAL RETURN 
OF AT LEAST 7.0% PER ANNUM

7.4% p.a.

IRR achieved since IPO2 
(2022: 7.9%)

INFLATION-LINKED RETURNS 
ON A PORTFOLIO BASIS

0.7%

Inflation-linked returns on a portfolio basis3
(2022: 0.7%)

1  Further information regarding the 2023 full-year dividend and future dividend 
targets can be found in the Chair’s Letter. The dividend in respect of the six 
months to 31 December 2023 of 4.07 pence per share is expected to be paid 
on 13 June 2024. 

2  Acknowledging the significant change in the macroeconomic environment, the 

Board has now revised this target as of 1 January 2024. Further information can 
be found in the Chair’s Letter and on page 30. The return target that existed 
previously is calculated by reference to the November 2006 IPO issue price of 
100p and reflecting NAV appreciation plus dividends paid.

3  Calculated by running a ‘plus 1.0%’ inflation sensitivity for each investment 
and solving each investment’s discount rate to return the original valuation. 
The inflation-linked return is the increase in the weighted average discount rate.

4  Measured by comparing forecast portfolio distributions against actual portfolio 

distributions received. In the current year, actual portfolio distributions exceeded forecast.

5  The Company’s Investment Adviser was awarded the highest rating of 5-stars in 
the UN-backed PRI 2023 assessment for the Policy Governance and Strategy 
and Direct Infrastructure modules. 

6  Please refer to page 43 for additional ESG KPIs that are linked to the Company’s 

approach to asset management. 

7  Cash dividend payments to investors are paid from net operating cash flows 

before capital activity* as detailed on pages 28 to 29. Movements in the level of 
coverage from period to period can be expected due to the profile of projected 
distribution receipts from the portfolio over time (see chart on page 34), and are 
not necessarily a reflection of changes in the level of asset performance. 

8  The increase is primarily due to the timing effect of the reduction in NAV during 

the period. For further information, please see the Efficient Financial Management 
section on pages 28 to 29.

10

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

           valUe-FocUSeD portFolio 

Development

                 Originate investments with stable, 
long-term cash flows and potential 
growth attributes, whilst maintaining 
a balanced portfolio of assets

          active aSSet management
                 Ensuring strong ongoing 

asset performance

           reSponSiBle inveStment
                 Management of material ESG factors

           eFFicient Financial 
management

                 Making efficient use of the Company’s  
finances and working capital

overview

STRATEGIC REPORT

corporate governance

Financial StatementS

NEW INVESTMENTS MEET AT LEAST TWO OF FOUR ATTRIBUTES:

1. Stable, long-term returns

4.  Other capital enhancement 

2.  Inflation-linked investor 

cash flows

3.  Early stage investor or 

investments secured through 
preferential access 

attributes

In addition, all new investments 
must meet the Responsible 
Investment KPI (positive 
SDG contribution for new 
investments), as below.

100%

of the investments made in 
2023 met at least two of the four 
attributes, as well as the positive 
SDG contribution KPI
(2022: 100%)

STRONG ONGOING ASSET PERFORMANCE AS DEMONSTRATED BY:

100%

Forecast portfolio distributions 
received for 20234 
(2022: 100%)

0.2%

Asset performance deductions 
achieved against a target of <3% 
during 2023
(2022: 0.3%)

99.8%

Asset availability achieved against 
a target of >98% during 2023
(2022: 99.8%)

ROBUST INTEGRATION OF ESG 
INTO INVESTMENT LIFECYCLE

POSITIVE SDG CONTRIBUTION 
FOR NEW INVESTMENTS

5-stars

PRI rating5 
(2022: 5-stars)

100%

Percentage of new investments in the year that 
positively support targets outlined by the SDGs6 
(2022:100%)

CASH COVERED DIVIDENDS7*

COMPETITIVE ONGOING CHARGES8

1.1x

Dividends fully cash covered* for 2023 
(2022: 1.3x)

1.20%

Ongoing Charges Ratio for 2023
(2022: 1.06%)

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

11

TOP 10 INVESTMENTS
The Company’s top 10 investments by fair value at 31 December 2023 
are summarised below. A complete listing of the Company’s investments 
is available on the Company’s website.

CADENT

Cadent owns four of the UK’s eight regional 
gas distribution networks (‘GDNs’) and in 
aggregate provides gas to approximately 
11 million homes and businesses.

LOCATION
UK

SECTOR
Gas distribution

% INVESTMENT FAIR VALUE 31 DECEMBER 2023
16.2%

STATUS AT 31 DECEMBER 2023
Operational

% INVESTMENT FAIR VALUE 31 DECEMBER 2022
14.5%

% HOLDING AT 31 DECEMBER 20231
7% Risk Capital

PRIMARY SDG SUPPORTED

TIDEWAY

Tideway is the trading name of the 
company that was awarded the licence 
to design, build, finance, commission and 
maintain a new 25km ‘super sewer’ under 
the River Thames.

LOCATION
UK

DIABOLO

Diabolo Rail Link (‘Diabolo’) integrates 
Brussels Airport with the national rail 
network allowing passengers to access 
high-speed trains, such as Amsterdam-
Brussels-Paris and NS International trains.

LOCATION
Belgium

ANGEL TRAINS

Angel Trains is a rolling stock leasing 
company which owns more than 4,000 
vehicles. Angel Trains has invested over 
£5 billion in rolling stock since it was 
established in 1994.

LOCATION
UK

SECTOR
Waste Water

% INVESTMENT FAIR VALUE 31 DECEMBER 2023
14.3%

STATUS AT 31 DECEMBER 2023
Under construction

% INVESTMENT FAIR VALUE 31 DECEMBER 2022
13.5%

% HOLDING AT 31 DECEMBER 20231
18% Risk Capital

PRIMARY SDG SUPPORTED

SECTOR
Transport

% INVESTMENT FAIR VALUE 31 DECEMBER 2023
8.0%

STATUS AT 31 DECEMBER 2023
Operational

% INVESTMENT FAIR VALUE 31 DECEMBER 2022
7.2%

% HOLDING AT 31 DECEMBER 20231
100% Risk Capital

PRIMARY SDG SUPPORTED

SECTOR
Transport

% INVESTMENT FAIR VALUE 31 DECEMBER 2023
6.2%

STATUS AT 31 DECEMBER 2023
Operational

% INVESTMENT FAIR VALUE 31 DECEMBER 2022
6.0%

% HOLDING AT 31 DECEMBER 20231
10% Risk Capital

PRIMARY SDG SUPPORTED

EAST ANGLIA ONE OFTO

The project connects the 714MW East Anglia 
One (‘EA1’) offshore wind farm, located 
c.50km off the Suffolk coast, to the National 
Grid. The transmission assets comprise 
the onshore and offshore substations and 
connecting cables, c.245km in length.

LOCATION
UK

SECTOR
Energy Transmission

% INVESTMENT FAIR VALUE 31 DECEMBER 2023
4.4%

STATUS AT 31 DECEMBER 2023
Operational

% INVESTMENT FAIR VALUE 31 DECEMBER 2022
3.6%

% HOLDING AT 31 DECEMBER 20231
100% Risk Capital

PRIMARY SDG SUPPORTED

View our company website
www.internationalpublicpartnerships.com

12

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

overview

STRATEGIC REPORT

corporate governance

Financial StatementS

LINCS OFTO

The project connects the 270MW Lincs 
offshore wind farm, located 8km off the 
east coast of England, to the National 
Grid. The transmission assets comprise 
the onshore and offshore substations and 
connecting cables, c.125km in length.

LOCATION
UK

FHSP

Mezzanine debt investments underpinned 
by security over seven operational Public-
Private Partnership projects, comprising 
c.21,800 family housing units for US 
service personnel.

LOCATION
US

RELIANCE RAIL

Reliance Rail is responsible for financing, 
designing, delivering and maintaining 78 
next-generation, electrified, ‘Waratah’ train 
sets serving Sydney in New South Wales, 
Australia.

LOCATION
Australia

BeNEX

BeNEX is both a rolling stock leasing 
company as well as an investor in train 
operating companies (‘TOCs’) which 
currently provide c.48 million train km 
of annual rail transport.

LOCATION
Germany

BEATRICE OFTO

The project relates to the transmission 
cable connection to the offshore wind 
farm. The wind farm consists of 84 x 7MW 
wind turbine generators connected to an 
offshore substation platform (owned by 
the OFTO) located within the boundaries 
of the Beatrice wind farm.

LOCATION
UK

SECTOR
Energy transmission

% INVESTMENT FAIR VALUE 31 DECEMBER 2023
4.0%

STATUS AT 31 DECEMBER 2023
Operational

% INVESTMENT FAIR VALUE 31 DECEMBER 2022
6.3%

% HOLDING AT 31 DECEMBER 20231
100% Risk Capital

PRIMARY SDG SUPPORTED

SECTOR
Other

% INVESTMENT FAIR VALUE 31 DECEMBER 2023
3.9%

STATUS AT 31 DECEMBER 2023
Operational

% INVESTMENT FAIR VALUE 31 DECEMBER 2022
4.1%

% HOLDING AT 31 DECEMBER 20231
100% Risk Capital

PRIMARY SDG SUPPORTED

SECTOR
Transport

% INVESTMENT FAIR VALUE 31 DECEMBER 2023
2.8%

STATUS AT 31 DECEMBER 2023
Operational

% INVESTMENT FAIR VALUE 31 DECEMBER 2022
2.9%

% HOLDING AT 31 DECEMBER 20231
33% Risk Capital

PRIMARY SDG SUPPORTED

SECTOR
Transport

% INVESTMENT FAIR VALUE 31 DECEMBER 2023
2.5%

STATUS AT 31 DECEMBER 2023
Operational

% INVESTMENT FAIR VALUE 31 DECEMBER 2022
2.4%

% HOLDING AT 31 DECEMBER 20231
100% Risk Capital

PRIMARY SDG SUPPORTED

SECTOR
Energy Transmission

% INVESTMENT FAIR VALUE 31 DECEMBER 2023
1.9%

STATUS AT 31 DECEMBER 2023
Operational

% INVESTMENT FAIR VALUE 31 DECEMBER 2022
1.6%

% HOLDING AT 31 DECEMBER 20231
100% Risk Capital

PRIMARY SDG SUPPORTED

More detail on significant movements in the Company’s portfolio for the year to 31 December 2023 can be found on pages 16 to 17.

1  Risk Capital includes project level equity and/or subordinated shareholder debt.

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

13

CASE STUDY 
NEW ZEALAND PPP PORTFOLIO
In June 2023, the Company made its first investment in New Zealand (‘NZ’) 
when it acquired a portfolio of five PPP projects that deliver availability-
based, long-term, predictable cash flows.

The secondary school includes 
a multipurpose auditorium fully 
equipped with modern audio and 
visual systems, performing and 
visual arts facilities, well equipped 
technology spaces, dedicated music 
areas and a wide range of amenities 
to support sporting activities

 – NZ Schools 2 PPP includes 

four separate schools located 
across four sites in New Zealand. 
The combined capacity of these 
schools is c.5,300 students. All four 
schools were designed to a 5-star 
green rating with modern learning 
environments and specialised 
facilities. Future expansion is 
underway with one part of that 
complete and two other schools’ 
expansion work already begun 

 – NZ Schools 3 PPP includes five 
schools located across New 
Zealand with a combined capacity 
of educating over 4,000 students. 
All sites have a unique cultural narrative 
fostering a strong and distinct identity 
with its community and include 
specific units for students with special 
educational needs within the facility

 – The Auckland Prison, where the 

project company only has responsibility 
for the provision and maintenance 
of physical assets with the custodial 
services provided independently by the 
New Zealand Department of Corrections 

1

1
2
3

1

1
2
3

This was procured under a PPP; and

 – A purpose-built student 

accommodation facility at the 
Auckland University of Technology (‘AUT’) 
underpinned by a service agreement 
with AUT guaranteeing 96% of rental 
occupancy and benefitting from high 
historic occupancy levels. The village 
includes nine accommodation blocks 
located adjacent to the University 
campus, containing 40 fully-furnished five 
and six-bedroom apartments totalling 204 
rooms and common areas and facilities 

DIFFERENTIATION OF 
THE OPERATING MODEL
A key differentiator for the Company is the 
relationship with its Investment Adviser. 
Amber supports the Company (and its 
investment portfolio entities) with investment 
origination, financial and asset management 
services to deliver the best value for INPP’s 
shareholders and wider stakeholders. 
The Investment Adviser’s team of over 
180 infrastructure professionals, spread 
across the countries in which the Company 
invests, have been focused on sourcing 
and managing the Company’s assets since 
IPO in 2006. The Investment Adviser has 
a demonstrable track record, with high 
standards of governance, stewardship 
and relationship management across the 
Company’s investment portfolio of over 
140 investments. 

SUSTAINABLE MANAGEMENT 
In growing the Company’s contribution to 
essential infrastructure, the New Zealand 
investments also meet the Company’s 
environmental and social commitments, 
under Article 8 of the EU SFDR designation. 
The Investment Adviser submits a response 
to the GRESB Infrastructure Assessment 
for each school project, with NZ Schools 
1 PPP receiving a 4-star rating for the 2023 
assessment and the other projects receiving 
3-star ratings.

4 5
23

PRIMARY SDGS SUPPORTED

The Company’s New Zealand PPP portfolio 
acquisition demonstrates the Investment 
Adviser’s ability to originate investments in 
new geographies which meet the Company’s 
investment objectives. Consistent with 
Amber’s approach of having a presence in 
geographies in which it invests, Amber was 
pleased to transition four members of staff in 
Auckland, who were already actively engaged 
in the management of these investments, 
to the team. The portfolio comprises the 
following five projects, where the Company 
has 100% ownership:

 – Three education projects, representing 
an investment in 11 schools across the 
breadth of New Zealand, all of which 
were procured via PPP concessions 
with the NZ Ministry of Education:

 – NZ Schools 1 PPP includes school 
facilities across two separate sites 
at Hobsonville Point. The schools 
combined have a total capacity 
of c.2,200 students educating 
pupils between the ages of 5–18. 
Both facilities were designed and 
constructed to a 5-star green 
rating with modern learning 
environments, including specialised 
facilities. The primary school 
accommodates different styles 
of learning with multiple outdoor 
learning areas, drama and art 
facilities, technology facilities and 
a multipurpose hall space which can 
open out to the rear courtyard and 
playing fields

NZ SCHOOLS 1 PPP

HOBSONVILLE POINT

NZ SCHOOLS 1 PPP

HOBSONVILLE POINT

NZ SCHOOLS 2 PPP

NZ SCHOOLS 2 PPP

1

2

ORMISTON JUNIOR COLLEGE
HAEATA COMMUNITY CAMPUS
ROLLESTON COLLEGE
WAKATIPU HIGH SCHOOL

ORMISTON JUNIOR COLLEGE
HAEATA COMMUNITY CAMPUS
ROLLESTON COLLEGE
WAKATIPU HIGH SCHOOL

4

3

NZ SCHOOLS 3 PPP

1

2

3

4

1

2

3

4

5

NZ SCHOOLS 3 PPP

1

2

MATUA NGARU PRIMARY SCHOOL
TE UHO O TE NIAKU PRIMARY SCHOOL
TE AO MĀRAMA PRIMARY SCHOOL
SHIRLEY BOYS HIGH SCHOOL
AVONSIDE GIRLS HIGH SCHOOL

3

MATUA NGARU PRIMARY SCHOOL
TE UHO O TE NIAKU PRIMARY SCHOOL
TE AO MĀRAMA PRIMARY SCHOOL
SHIRLEY BOYS HIGH SCHOOL
AVONSIDE GIRLS HIGH SCHOOL

4

5

THE AUCKLAND PRISON

AUCKLAND UNIVERSITY OF TECHNOLOGY

THE AUCKLAND PRISON

AUCKLAND UNIVERSITY OF TECHNOLOGY

4 5
23

4

4

14

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

overview

STRATEGIC REPORT

corporate governance

Financial StatementS

Image: Haeata Community Campus 
Christchurch, New Zealand

Key facts and performance:

FINANCIAL

CLIMATE

SOCIETY

100%

availability-based revenue streams 
with public sector counterparties

2projects have accredited 

sustainability loans

c.12,300

students – capacity of the schools

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

15

OPERATING REVIEW 

            valUe-FocUSeD portFolio Development

1  Long-term, stable returns

2 

3 

DESIRABLE KEY ATTRIBUTES FOR THE PORTFOLIO 
While not an immediate focus for the 
Company, any new investments made 
will remain consistent with the Company’s 
investment objectives. This includes that their 
risk and return profile enhances the existing 
portfolio mix and that they complement 
the existing portfolio through enhancing 
long-term, inflation-linked cash flows and/or 
providing the opportunity for capital growth. 
Consistent with the Board’s KPI target, 
new investments will be required to have 
at least two of the four key attributes listed 
below. In addition, all new investments are 
required to positively contribute towards 
the UN-backed SDGs (see the Responsible 
Investment KPI on pages 10 to 11).

4 

Inflation-linked investor cash flows 

 Early-stage investor (e.g. the Company 
is an early-stage investor in a new 
opportunity developed by its Investment 
Adviser) or investments secured through 
preferential access (e.g. sourced through 
pre-emptive rights) 

 Other capital enhancement attributes 
(e.g. potential for additional capital 
growth through ‘de-risking’ or residual/
terminal value growth)

Investment activity during the year, which totalled £108.1 million (2022: £191.6 million), 
was predominantly focused on completing acquisitions which the Company had committed 
to prior to the current volatile macroeconomic environment and included its first investment 
in New Zealand. These opportunities were sourced by the Investment Adviser, either from 
the start of the project (e.g. early stage developments), through increasing the Company’s 
interest in existing investments, or accessing opportunities as a result of the Company’s 
previous investments and experience. Details of investment activity during 2023 is 
provided below. 

As mentioned throughout this Report, the 
Company recognises that current market 
conditions have remained volatile and are 
not optimal for raising new equity financing 
to fund new investments. The Company has 
remained focused on enhancing its existing 
portfolio whilst exploring options to reduce 
the balance of its CDF and demonstrating 
the value of the existing portfolio, including 
through divestment. An example of this can 
be seen through the recent OFTO realisation 
announced in December 2023, explored in 
more detail below. The Board will continue 
to regularly review the overall composition 
of the portfolio to ensure it remains aligned 
with the Company’s investment objectives, 
considering both investment and divestment 
as appropriate.

PERFORMANCE AGAINST  
STRATEGIC PRIORITY KPIs

100%

of the investments made in 2023 
met at least two of the four attributes  
(2022: 100%)

INVESTMENTS MADE DURING THE YEAR

EALING BSF
Location 

Operational status 
Operational

Investment 
£0.7 million

Investment date 
March 2023

Key attributes 

1

2

3

Primary SDG supported 

In March 2023, the Company 
acquired a further 20% 
investment in Ealing BSF, 
increasing its holding to 100%. 
This BSF scheme provides 
education facilities to over 
1,400 pupils.

NEW ZEALAND PPP PORTFOLIO
Location 

Investment date 
June 2023

Operational status 
Operational

Investment 
£107.3 million1

Key attributes 

1

2

4

Primary SDG supported 

1  GBP translated value of investment. 

16

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

In June 2023, the Company 
acquired a portfolio of five 
infrastructure assets in 
New Zealand, including three 
groups of schools, a correctional 
facility and a purpose-built student 
accommodation facility at the 
Auckland University of Technology. 

The investments are operational 
and delivering long-term stable 
cash flows linked to inflation. 
Further information can be 
seen in the case study on 
pages 14 to 15.

overview

STRATEGIC REPORT

corporate governance

Financial StatementS

INVESTMENTS MADE POST YEAR-END

MORAY EAST OFTO
Location 

Operational status 
Operational

Investment 
c.£77 million

Investment date 
February 2024

Key attributes 

1

2

3

4
Primary SDG supported 

Moray East OFTO is the 
Company’s eleventh OFTO 
investment and will further 
increase the Company’s 
contribution to the UK’s transition 
to a net zero carbon economy. 

This investment has the capacity 
to transmit sufficient renewable 
electricity to power the equivalent 
of c.1.0 million homes, increasing 
the total equivalent across the 
Company’s OFTO portfolio to 
c.3.7 million homes. 

The Board carefully considered the merits of completing the acquisition of the Moray East OFTO in light of capital allocation priorities. 
The projected returns from acquiring the Moray East OFTO were judged to be favourable relative to alternative capital allocation options 
and given the capital was available to the Company as a result of the OFTO realisation, the Board concluded that the acquisition of the 
Moray East OFTO was in the best interests of shareholders.

INVESTMENT REALISATION
The Board previously announced a number of actions that would be undertaken in order to address the discount to NAV that the Company 
and the wider listed investment trust sector have been facing. One of the key areas of focus was to reduce the Company’s CDF and in order 
to do this, the Company looked to realise additional value from its existing portfolio. As at the date of this Report, the Company’s CDF is fully 
repaid with c.£14 million committed by way of letters of credit. The repayment was made following the divestment of Airband, one of the 
Company’s digital investments, and through the realisation of four OFTO senior debt investments as well as the addition of prudent leverage 
to the Lincs OFTO1. This transaction generated cash proceeds of c.£200 million which were used to fully repay the Company’s CDF balance; 
fund the Company’s existing investment pipeline, including Moray East OFTO; and to commence a share buyback programme of up to 
£30 million. 

EXISTING COMMITMENTS
The Company has two long-standing investment commitments to Flinders University Health and Medical Research Building and Gold Coast 
Light Rail – Stage 3 projects which continue to be supported by letters of credit issued under the Company’s CDF. The Company has also 
previously announced its intention to make a c.£13 million follow-on investment into toob. This investment is expected to be made during 
2024 and 2025.

Existing Commitments

Location

Estimated Investment

Investment Status

Flinders University Health and 
Medical Research Building 

c.£10 million

Funding commenced in Q1 2024

Gold Coast Light Rail – Stage 3

c.£7 million

Expected funding between 2024 and 2025

toob

c.£13 million

Expected funding between 2024 and 2025

1  https://www.internationalpublicpartnerships.com/media/press-releases/update-on-portfolio-optimisation-and-capital-allocation/. 

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

17

OPERATING REVIEW continUeD

valUe-FocUSeD portFolio Development CONTINUED

FUTURE OPPORTUNITIES
The Company does not need to make additional investments to deliver current projected returns. Further investment opportunities will 
be assessed against the Company’s relevant strategic KPIs; and the overall level of returns will be considered against alternative capital 
allocation options. A high-level summary of wider sectors that the Company continues to actively review is outlined below.

SOCIAL 
INFRASTRUCTURE

EXAMPLE INVESTMENTS
 – Education

 – Health

 – Justice

 – Other social 

accommodation

REGULATED UTILITIES

EXAMPLE INVESTMENTS
 – OFTOs

 – Distribution and 
transmission

 – Other regulated 
investments

TRANSPORT 
AND MOBILITY

EXAMPLE INVESTMENTS
 – Government-backed 
transport including:

 – Light rail

 – Regional rail

Heata Community Campus, 
New Zealand

Gold Coast Light Rail, Australia
Photo credit: TransLink, Department of 
Transport and Main Roads

OTHER ESSENTIAL 
INFRASTRUCTURE

EXAMPLE INVESTMENTS
 – Digital connectivity

 – Energy management

Dudgeon OFTO, UK

18

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

overview

STRATEGIC REPORT

corporate governance

Financial StatementS

Image: Sylvester Primary School, New Zealand

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

19

OPERATING REVIEW
MARKET ENVIRONMENT IN 2023 
AND FUTURE OPPORTUNITIES

NORTH AMERICA
 – Bipartisan stimulus bills including the 

Infrastructure Investment and Jobs Act 
(‘IIJA’)1 and the Inflation Reduction Act 
(‘IRA’)2, totalling US$1,600 billion provide 
for expansion of transport, communications, 
energy, carbon and resiliency infrastructure

 – Deal volumes are expected to increase in 

2024, after a reduction in the number of deals 
closing in 2023, with new procurements 
issued for transport, social accommodation 
and energy deals

 – Government entities are beginning to channel 
federal funds into the alternative delivery of 
projects, including PPP’s utilising new funding 
available from federal sources. Many projects 
display innovative capital structures utilising 
various sources of public and private capital

 – In Canada, aggressive energy and 

decarbonisation targets have led to an 
increase in energy-related deals generally, 
with some degree of involvement from 
domestic oil and gas majors

 – Various federal and provincial government 
agencies are pursuing PPP as a means of 
project delivery. New models of procurement 
are being embraced by the public sector in 
order to improve competition

EUROPE (EXCLUDING UK)
 – 2023 was a challenging year marked by international crises, and 
the European economy has lost some momentum against the 
background of high inflation and monetary tightening with sharply 
rising interest rates. The ECB assumes economic growth to recover 
rather slowly in the short term, so that it expects growth rates of 
0.8% (2024) and 1.5% (2025) after 0.6% in 20233, with inflation likely 
to decline

 – A focus has continued to be the pursuit of a net zero energy and 
infrastructure system, regardless of geopolitical turbulences and 
difficult market environments. Infrastructure investments in Europe 
have been continuously supported by wider EU frameworks and 
initiatives including the Connecting Europe Facility (‘CEF’), which 
was announced by the European Commission already in 2022, 
aiming to support investment into infrastructure across Europe 
to promote growth and deliver the European Green Deal4

 – The CEF includes programmes for energy, transport and digital of 
more than €33 billion in total over the next years. In addition, the 
c.€800 billion Next Generation EU Recovery Fund5 has continued 
to be available to support economic recovery post-Covid-19 with 
the aim to rebuild a ‘greener, more digital and more resilient Europe’, 
hence featuring a large green infrastructure component

 – As a result of continued support from these initiatives, an 

expected recovery in capital markets and a normalisation of 
interest rates and valuations, transaction activity in the market 
is predicted to increase, and the Company expects to review 
a continued pipeline of opportunities in Western Europe6

1  Bipartisan Infrastructure Law, The White House.
2  The Inflation Reduction Act, The White House.
3  https://www.ecb.europa.eu/pub/projections/html/index.en.html#:~:text=Economic%20growth%20will%20remain%20weak%20in%20the%20short,2024%20and%20by%201.5%25%20

in%202025%20and%202026.

4  https://cinea.ec.europa.eu/programmes/connecting-europe-facility/about-connecting-europe-facility_en#cef-digital
5  https://commission.europa.eu/strategy-and-policy/eu-budget/eu-borrower-investor-relations/nextgenerationeu_en
6  https://www.kkr.com/content/dam/kkr/insights/pdf/infra-market-review-2023.pdf

20

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

overview

STRATEGIC REPORT

corporate governance

Financial StatementS

AUSTRALIA AND NEW ZEALAND
 – Government sponsored infrastructure 

initiatives are expected to continue to play a 
major role in private infrastructure investment 
in 2024, with a particular focus on the 
energy and transport sectors in response to 
increasing populations in the major cities and 
pressure to accelerate the energy transition

 – Per Infrastructure Partnerships Australia, 
A$316.2 billion of general government 
budget expenditure (across both state and 
federal tiers of government) is allocated 
to infrastructure spending through to 
2025-202611

 – A number of mega public infrastructure 

projects (>A$5 billion in size) are currently 
in delivery or forecast to commence delivery 
in the next 24 months. This includes the 
recently awarded Central-West Orana 
Renewable Energy Zone, the forthcoming 
tender for the New England Renewable 
Energy Zone and the North East Link PPP

 – States and territories continue to sponsor 

smaller-scale greenfield social infrastructure 
projects, primarily across healthcare, housing 
and broader civic sectors

 – A New Zealand general election was held 
in 2023 which resulted in a change of 
government. The successful NZ National 
Party (along with its minority parties) pre-
election policy agenda included an aim to 
connect domestic and offshore investors 
with New Zealand infrastructure, and 
improve funding, procurement and delivery12 

 – The Company is already seeing a pipeline 
of opportunities emerge in New Zealand 
alongside a steady pipeline of opportunities 
in Australia

UNITED KINGDOM
 – Whilst the current macroeconomic environment remains 
characterised by low growth and high interest rates, the 
requirement for infrastructure investment continues to 
be in line with the National Infrastructure Strategy (‘NIS’), 
with the UK Government planning to invest £164 billion 
during 2024/20257. Notwithstanding the forthcoming 
general election, we anticipate that the newly elected 
government would continue this programme of 
infrastructure investment

 – The Government’s focus is on sustainable investment 
in infrastructure, for example through commitments of 
£64 billion in investment towards Modern Methods of 
Construction over the next two years7

 – Overall, the Government continues to recognise the 
importance of infrastructure investment and has 
announced measures to remove barriers to investment 
in critical infrastructure by reforming the UK’s planning 
system, following recommendations from the National 
Infrastructure Assessment in 2023. A full response by the 
UK Government to the National Infrastructure Assessment 
is expected in 20248

 – In April 2023, the Government published its Net Zero 

Growth Plan9 to bolster the delivery of net zero by 2050 
against the UK’s Net Zero Strategy where it aims to 
leverage around £100 billion of private investment in new 
industries and innovative low carbon technologies which 
in turn will support up to 480,000 jobs by 2030

 – Following the UK Infrastructure Bank being established 

in 2022 to support the UK in reaching its net zero targets, 
in November 2023, UK Parliament released a 2023 Net 
Zero Growth Plan which set out an update to the existing 
strategies, focusing on the scale up and deployment of 
technologies for decarbonising homes, power, industry 
and transport10

7  https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/national-infrastructure-and-construction-pipeline-2023/analysis-of-the-national-infrastructure-and-construction-pipeline-2023-html
8  https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/autumn-statement-2023/autumn-statement-2023-html
9  https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/powering-up-britain/powering-up-britain-net-zero-growth-plan
10 https://researchbriefings.files.parliament.uk/documents/CBP-9888/CBP-9888.pdf
11  https://infrastructure.org.au/policy-research/budget-hub/australian-infrastructure-budget-monitor-2022-23/#full-report
12 https://www.national.org.nz/infrastructureforthefuture

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

21

OPERATING REVIEW

            active aSSet management

OPERATIONAL PERFORMANCE
The Investment Adviser’s active approach to asset management has been fundamental to the Company’s performance since its IPO. 
Amber has a dedicated team of over 45 asset managers with sector expertise and presence across the geographies in which INPP is 
invested. The Investment Adviser’s asset management team is responsible for the oversight and optimisation of the Company’s investments, 
with the key focus being to deliver long-term benefits for stakeholders by meeting or exceeding performance targets. The Investment 
Adviser’s involvement varies depending on the nature of the investment; it either manages the day-to-day activities of the investment or 
exercises its responsibilities through board representation and engagement with management teams.

0.38

Accident Frequency Rate 
per 100,000 hours worked
(2022: 0.35)

PERFORMANCE AGAINST 
STRATEGIC KPIs

100%

Forecast distributions received
(2022: 100%)2

Infrastructure assets and businesses inherently involve health and safety risk both during 
construction and whilst operational. The health and safety of clients, delivery partners, 
employees and members of the public who come into contact with our assets is of the 
utmost importance to the Company and so we accord the highest priority to health 
and safety. The Company’s Accident Frequency Rate (‘AFR’) is calculated based on 
the number of occupational injuries that resulted in lost time during the relevant period. 
For the year to 31 December 2023 this remained low at 0.38 per 100,000 hours worked 
(31 December 2022: 0.35). Health and safety data is reported and evaluated each quarter 
to highlight any trends or areas of focus and includes hours worked, minor injuries, near 
misses, critical incidents and the number of lost time injuries which occurred as a result 
of work activities1. 

From a cash flow perspective, the portfolio performed well during the year to 
31 December 2023 with 100% of the investment portfolio’s overall forecast distributions 
having been received (31 December 2022: 100%).

Further information on operational performance and key updates for the Company’s 
PPP projects, regulated investments and operational businesses is set out on the 
following pages.

1  RIDDOR Dangerous Occurrence and Specified Injuries are recorded in accordance with Health and Safety Executive (‘HSE’) guidelines for the UK projects and for the overseas assets 

reporting is in accordance with the applicable legislation.

2  Measured by comparing forecast portfolio distributions against actual portfolio distributions received, in local currency. In the current period, actual portfolio distributions exceeded forecast.

22

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

overview

STRATEGIC REPORT

corporate governance

Financial StatementS

PORTFOLIO OVERVIEW

SECTOR BREAKDOWN

GEOGRAPHIC SPLIT

143 investments in infrastructure projects
and businesses across a variety of sectors1

Investments are diversified by developed geographies

Transport 20% 
Energy Transmission 17% 
Education 17% 
Gas Distribution 16% 
Waste Water 14% 
Other 16% 

INVESTMENT TYPE

INVESTMENT OWNERSHIP

Investments across the capital structure

Preference to hold majority stakes

Risk Capital2 98% 
Senior Debt 2% 

UK 72% 
Belgium 8% 
Australia 7% 
US 4% 
Germany 4% 
New Zealand 3% 
Canada 1% 
Ireland <1% 
Denmark <1% 

100% 44% 
<50% 50% 
<50-100% 6% 

MODE OF ACQUISITION/INVESTMENT STATUS

INVESTMENT LIFE

Early stage investment gives first mover advantage 
and maximises capital growth opportunities

Weighted average portfolio life of c.38 years5

Operational 86% 
Construction 14% 
Early Stage Investor3 65% 
Later Stage Investor4 35% 

<20 years 38% 
>30 years 37% 
20-30 years 25% 

1  The majority of projects and businesses benefit from availability-based or regulated revenues. ‘Other’ includes Family Housing for Service Personnel (‘FHSP’) (4%), Health (4%), Judicial (2%) 

and Digital (1%) among other assets.

2  Risk Capital includes project level equity and/or subordinated shareholder debt. 
3  Early Stage Investor – investments developed or originated by the Investment Adviser or predecessor team in primary or early phase investments. 
4  Later Stage Investor – investments acquired from a third-party investor in the secondary market. 
5 

Includes non-concession entities which have potentially a perpetual life but assumed to have finite lives for this illustration.

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

23

OPERATING REVIEW continUeD

active aSSet management CONTINUED

The Company’s PPP portfolio (accounting 
for 42% of the portfolio by investment fair 
value) is comprised of individual concession-
based investments where a private sector 
entity is generally responsible for designing, 
building, financing, operating and maintaining 
a social infrastructure facility generally in 
exchange for availability-based revenues. 
These investments span various sectors 
such as education, healthcare, justice and 
other social infrastructure sectors across 
multiple jurisdictions. The Company’s PPP 
investments consistently fulfil key objectives, 
ensuring facility availability, safety, security and 
adherence to performance standards outlined 
in the underlying agreements. The Company’s 
Investment Adviser holds significant expertise 
in this field and has overseen the majority of 
the PPP projects in the Company’s portfolio 
since their inception.

 – Monitoring availability and performance 
deductions serves as a vital KPI. While 
deductions are typically transferred to 
facilities management providers under long-
term fixed price contracts, the Investment 
Adviser actively oversees its subcontractors 
to optimise project performance. During 
the year to 31 December 2023, the 
overall availability of the Company’s PPP 
assets was 99.8% (31 December 2022: 
99.8%) with performance deductions of 
only 0.2% (31 December 2022: 0.3%), 
both of which were ahead of targets and 
demonstrate the high level of operational 
performance achieved

The first of the Company’s PPP investments 
that will go through the hand-back process 
is Hereford and Worcester Courts in 2025 
and the necessary activities are well underway. 
The expiry dates for the rest of the Company’s 
PPP concessions span the next 25 years. 
The Investment Adviser is a leading contributor 
to the Infrastructure and Projects Authority 
(‘IPA’) working groups which aim to provide 
guidance and greater certainty to the public 
and private sector in the UK in relation to 
how hand-back should be delivered to ensure 
a consistent approach is adopted across 
the sector.

PPP PROJECTS
PORTFOLIO BREAKDOWN

 PPP 42% 

PERFORMANCE AGAINST  
STRATEGIC KPIs

99.8%

Asset availability achieved 
against a target of >98%
(2022: 99.8%)

0.2%

Asset performance deductions 
achieved against a target of <3%
(2022: 0.3%)

OTHER KEY UPDATES
ASSET HAND-BACK
As the Company’s PPP assets approach 
the end of their concessions terms, there 
is a growing emphasis on the process of 
transferring these assets and the associated 
services to the public sector. The Investment 
Adviser proactively monitors asset condition, 
maintenance and lifecycle works to ensure 
the assets meet the necessary criteria for 
hand-back. Where an asset’s condition does 
not meet the necessary criteria, the PPP 
company must undertake remedial works. 
The risk associated with the costs of these 
works are generally contractually passed 
to subcontractors. This proactive approach 
aims to facilitate an efficient and seamless 
transfer to the relevant public sector 
counterparty.

24

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

 – During the year, the Company’s 

Investment Adviser oversaw the delivery 
of lifecycle works (including repair, 
refurbishment, and replacement works) 
totalling £50.5 million on behalf of public 
sector clients. This work ensures the 
facilities continue to perform in line with 
the contractual requirements for the 
relevant public sector clients

 – The Company’s public sector clients 
initiated over 800 contract variations 
during the year, amounting to 
£22.1 million in value. These variations 
range from minor adjustments and 
renovations to substantial upgrades and 
expansions, and help ensure the facilities 
continue to meet clients’ needs

 – 11 benchmarking exercises were 

performed and agreed for the Company’s 
social accommodation projects, which 
included reviewing the cost of the 
services delivered in order to ensure value 
for money for the public sector client

DIABOLO
Diabolo is a rail infrastructure investment 
which connects Brussels Airport with 
Belgium’s national rail network. The majority 
of the revenues generated by Diabolo are 
linked to passenger use of either the rail 
link itself, or the wider Belgian rail network. 
Diabolo was impacted by the restrictions on 
international travel and national lockdowns 
implemented in Belgium as a result of the 
Covid-19 pandemic. This led to the Company 
committing a further €24.0 million to Diabolo 
in December 2020 to protect Diabolo’s 
liquidity position and ensure compliance with 
its debt covenants. In total, €17.3 million of 
this facility was utilised with the remaining 
commitment having now been cancelled. 
Passenger numbers have broadly returned 
to pre-pandemic levels and the project has 
now resumed paying distributions.

overview

STRATEGIC REPORT

corporate governance

Financial StatementS

Ofgem expects incumbent OFTOs to be 
best positioned to operate transmission 
assets in an extension period with their 
preferred approach being to promote 
bilateral negotiation with the incumbent 
OFTO when setting any extension revenue 
stream. Ofgem’s consultation process 
continues with work underway to consider 
certain issues further.

As previously reported, the Investment 
Adviser is actively engaged with all relevant 
industry stakeholders. All parties recognise 
that the life extension of renewable energy 
assets is required to meet the UK net 
zero emissions targets. We will seek 
to keep investors informed of material 
developments.

CADENT
Cadent is the UK’s largest gas distribution 
network, serving 11 million homes and 
businesses. Cadent is regulated by Ofgem 
which has granted Cadent a licence to 
distribute gas across certain regions within 
the UK. Cadent continues to support the 
UK Government in meeting its net zero 
target. It has worked closely with the 
Department for Energy Security and Net 
Zero (‘DESNZ’)1 in supporting its Heat and 
Buildings Strategy and Hydrogen Strategy 
with a view to considering hydrogen is 
a part of the future energy mix and is 
actively engaging with UK Government 
and regulators to build awareness of the 
opportunities offered by green gases in 
the journey towards net zero. 

Whilst Cadent is largely insulated from 
changes in gas prices and the associated 
energy price caps, aside from where the 
changes can cause timing differences 
in certain cash flows, the Company 
continues to closely monitor the implications 
of changes in gas prices and other 
developments in the sector.

TIDEWAY
Tideway is regulated by the Water Services 
Regulation Authority (‘Ofwat’) which, 
in 2015, granted Tideway a licence to 
design, build, finance, commission and 
maintain a new 25km ‘super sewer’ under 
the River Thames. When fully operational, 
the new infrastructure will capture 95% of 
overflows from London’s sewerage network, 
dramatically improving the water quality 
of the Thames and delivering significant 
environmental benefits. Overall construction 
works are now more than 90% complete 
and the project remains on course to 
be fully operational in 2025. Notable 
milestones reached during the year include 
the completion of the secondary lining 
and the opening of the first new area of 
public realm.

The estimated cost of the project remains 
in line with the £4.5 billion stated in INPP’s 
Half-yearly Financial Report for the six 
months to 30 June 2023 and the cost to 
Thames Water customers remains well 
within the initial estimate provided at the 
outset of the project. Tideway continues 
to monitor developments in relation to the 
financial position of Thames Water which 
is being reported on by the media. The 
matter is not expected to have a material 
impact on the Company’s investment in 
Tideway. Whilst Thames Water possesses 
a licence requirement to collect Tideway’s 
revenues from its customers, and pass 
those amounts onto Tideway, statutory 
and regulatory protections are afforded to 
Tideway which are designed to mitigate the 
risk of disruption to the receipt of revenues 
in the event that Thames Water’s financial 
standing changes. 

REGULATED INVESTMENTS

PORTFOLIO BREAKDOWN

 Regulated Investments 48% 

As at 31 December 2023, the Company 
was invested in Cadent, Tideway and a 
portfolio of 10 OFTOs (together accounting 
for 48% of the portfolio by investment 
fair value), all of which are regulated 
by statutory independent economic 
regulators. Whilst different in nature, 
the regulatory frameworks used are 
ultimately designed to, among other things, 
protect the interests of consumers whilst 
ensuring that the regulated companies 
can earn a fair return on their capital. 
The Company owns 100% of each of 
its OFTO investments and whilst the 
Company does not hold majority positions 
in Cadent or Tideway, the Company 
engages through its Investment Adviser’s 
board director positions in the governance 
of its investments. This includes seeking 
to ensure effective risk management and 
driving the overall financial, operational 
and ESG performance of its investments. 

OFTOS
The Company’s OFTO investments 
are regulated by the Office of Gas and 
Electricity Markets (‘Ofgem’) which grants 
licences to transmit electricity generated by 
offshore wind farms into the onshore grid. 
The revenues generated are not linked to 
electricity production or price, instead the 
OFTO is paid a pre-agreed, availability-
based revenue stream for a fixed period 
of time (typically 20–25 years). The Ofgem 
consultation process regarding the potential 
regulatory developments underpinning an 
extension of the OFTO revenue stream is 
ongoing. In January 2024, Ofgem published 
decisions on some of the questions raised 
in their 2022 consultation. This confirmed 
Ofgem’s overarching objective to maximise 
the combined operational lifetimes of both 
generation and transmission assets where 
it is economic and efficient to do so. 

1  Formerly part of the Department of Business, Energy and Industrial Strategy (‘BEIS’).

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

25

OPERATING REVIEW continUeD

active aSSet management CONTINUED

OPERATING BUSINESSES
PORTFOLIO BREAKDOWN

 Operating Businesses 10% 

The Company invests in a number of 
operating businesses including Angel Trains, 
BeNEX and digital infrastructure businesses 
(together accounting for 10% of the portfolio 
by investment fair value). 

The Investment Adviser holds a board 
position on each of these operating 
businesses and it is through these 
positions that the Company engages 
in the governance of these investments. 
This engagement includes seeking to 
ensure effective risk management and 
driving the overall financial, operational 
and ESG performance of its investments.

ANGEL TRAINS
Angel Trains has an asset base of over 
4,000 vehicles, making it the UK’s largest 
rolling stock leasing company (‘ROSCO’). 
It is one of the three original ROSCOs 
established in 1994 in preparation for the 
privatisation of British Rail. During the year, 
Angel Trains continued to perform well and 
in line with expectations with its trains on 
lease to TOCs across the UK as planned. 

COUNTERPARTY RISK
Counterparty risk exists to some extent 
across all investments; however, the risk 
is required to be more carefully monitored 
when considered in relation to PPPs which 
have a long-term fixed-price contract 
with a facilities management provider. 
The Company has a diverse exposure to 
service providers across its portfolio and 
the Investment Adviser’s asset management 
team ensures counterparty risk is actively 
managed and mitigated. 

26

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

Whilst Angel Trains contracted lease 
revenues are unaffected by passenger 
numbers, it is noteworthy that despite 
disruption from industrial action, passenger 
numbers have continued to improve since 
the pandemic.

The business participated in the 
development of the UK rail industry’s 
‘Sustainable Rail Blueprint’ which was 
launched in November 2023. The blueprint, 
which was commissioned by government 
and developed by industry leaders, aims 
to align efforts across the industry, inspire 
change, and make the railway even more 
sustainable. The CEO of Angel Trains 
chairs the Sustainable Rail Executive which 
oversaw the development of the blueprint, 
further emphasising the business’ position 
as a thought leader within the industry.

BENEX
BeNEX is an investor in both rolling 
stock and TOCs which operate regional 
passenger rail franchises across Germany 
under contract with numerous German 
federal states. During the year, one of 
BeNEX’s TOCs started operating a new 
rail concession, which had been awarded 
by the transport authority for Germany’s 
northernmost state, increasing the total 
transport volume of BeNEX by c.10% 
to c.48 million train km per annum.

The ‘Deutschlandticket’, a subsidised 
monthly €49 regional public transportation 
ticket introduced in early 2023 to encourage 
the use of regional railways, has led to 
a sharp increase in passenger numbers. 
This is a positive development for the 
industry, and encouraging for longer-term 
opportunities, notwithstanding that BeNEX’s 
TOCs have no exposure to passenger 

INPP SERVICE PROVIDERS¹

numbers during the initial two-year period 
for which the ‘Deutschlandticket’ will be 
made available owing to an agreement 
made with the relevant authorities. Beyond 
the two-year period, a minority of annual 
revenues (c.20%) will revert to being linked 
to passenger numbers.

DIGITAL INFRASTRUCTURE
In May 2023, the Company announced its 
intention to invest a further c.£13 million into 
toob, alongside additional capital from its 
co-investors in the Amber-managed NDIF. 
The business has a current fibre network 
covering c.190,000 premises across 
Southampton and other towns in the South 
of England. INPP’s further investment is 
part of a wider potential £300 million of 
additional funding raised by the business, 
which should enable toob to reach over 
600,000 premises. The Company’s 
investment is expected to be made 
during 2024 and 2025. 

In July 2023, the Company, through NDIF, 
completed the sale of Airband. INPP 
first invested in Airband in 2018 and has 
supported the business in expanding 
its fibre network to cover more than 
290,000 premises in the West of England. 
Following this divestment, the Company 
has interests in two digital assets, toob 
and Community Fibre. 

Community Fibre continues to make strong 
progress, with the business achieving the 
significant milestone in July 2023 of having 
passed over one million homes with fibre 
and becoming London’s largest 100% full 
fibre broadband provider. The business 
ended the year with c.1.3 million homes 
passed and over 220,000 customers.

Infrabel 8%
Downer & Spotless 7%
Hunt Military Communities 4%
Bouygues 3%
Mitie 3%
G4S 2%
OCS 2%

Amey 2%
FES 1%
Kier 1%
Honeywell 1%
Others 8%

Regulated Investments² 48%
Operating Businesses² 10%

1. Based on percentage of Investment at fair value as at 31 December 2023.
2. These Risk Capital investments operate with no significant exposure to 

any one service provider or delivery partner. 

overview

STRATEGIC REPORT

corporate governance

Financial StatementS

PROJECTS UNDER CONSTRUCTION
The Company has a strong track record of delivering construction projects safely, on time, to budget and to a high-quality by understanding 
the project environment and the potential risks that may occur. It works closely with the contractors, technical advisers and management 
companies, where applicable, throughout the construction period in order to mitigate risk and ensure the assets can perform as expected 
and create value for both investors and communities.

The Company had three projects under construction as at 31 December 2023:

TIDEWAY
Location 

Construction completion date 
20251

Defects completion date 
2028

Status at 31 December 2023 
Scheduled for completion in 20252

% of investment at fair value 
at 31 December 2023 
14.3%

Overall construction works were more 
than 90% complete at 31 December 
2023. The secondary lining has 
now been completed and system 
commissioning is due to commence 
in 2024.

GOLD COAST LIGHT RAIL – STAGE 3
Location 

Status at 31 December 2023 
Scheduled for completion in 20264

Construction completion date 
20263

Defects completion date 
2027

% of investment at fair value 
at 31 December 2023 
0.0%5

The project extends the existing 
Gold Coast Light Rail network a further 
6.7km south from Broadbeach to 
Burleigh Heads. It will include eight new 
stations, five additional light rail trams, 
new bus and light rail connections at 
Burleigh and Miami, and an upgrade 
of existing depot and stabling facilities.

FLINDERS UNIVERSITY HEALTH AND MEDICAL RESEARCH BUILDING
Location 

Status at 31 December 2023 
Scheduled for completion in 2024

Construction completion date 
2024

Defects completion date 
N/A6

% of investment at fair value 
at 31 December 2023 
0.0%5

The Flinders University Health and Medical 
Research Building plans to be a leading 
biomedical research facility that co-locates 
research, clinical and technological 
platforms to further the University’s 
long-standing contributions to the health, 
education and medical sectors. Flinders 
University Health and Medical Research 
Building is a public institution and one of 
the largest universities in South Australia. 

1  Scheduled handover date.
2  Handover remains scheduled for 2025. 
3  The current anticipated handover date. 
4  Construction completion remains scheduled for 2026. 
5  The Company’s investment is only due to be made following construction completion. The valuation of the commitment is currently immaterial.
6  This is not applicable as the authority is assuming all risk associated with the construction work that is being undertaken.

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

27

OPERATING REVIEW continUeD

            eFFicient Financial management

The Company aims to manage its finances efficiently in order to provide financial flexibility whilst minimising levels of unutilised cash 
holdings. This is achieved through actively monitoring cash held and generated from operations, ensuring cash covered dividends 
and managed levels of corporate costs, and is supported by appropriate hedging strategies and prudent use of the Company’s CDF.

PERFORMANCE AGAINST  
STRATEGIC KPIs

1.1x

Dividends fully cash covered
(2022: 1.3x)

1.20%

Ongoing Charges Ratio
(2022: 1.06%)

£28.0m

Profit before tax
(2022: £326.8m)

DIVIDENDS
 – During the year, the Company achieved its objective to generate dividends paid to 

investors through its operating cash flows

 – Cash dividends paid in the year of £151.6 million (2022: £136.0 million)

 – Cash dividends were 1.1 times (2022: 1.3 times) covered by the Company’s net operating 

cash flows before capital activity*. Movements in the level of coverage from period to 
period can be expected due to the profile of projected distribution receipts from the 
portfolio over time (see chart on page 34), and are not necessarily a reflection of changes 
in the level of asset performance

 – Dividends were 1.7 times covered by cash flows when including amounts received in the 

year from the Airband and OFTO asset realisation activity

 – Cash receipts from investments were £307.1 million (2022: £205.9 million), reflecting the 
continued good operational performance of the portfolio as well as the additional one off 
cash inflows from the OFTOs in December 2023

ONGOING CHARGES
 – Corporate costs were managed effectively during the year. Ongoing Charges were 1.20% 
(2022: 1.06%). The increase is principally due to the timing effect of the reduction in NAV 
during the year

 – Corporate costs include management fees paid of £32.2 million in the year 

(2022: £27.9 million)

OPERATIONAL PERFORMANCE
 – Profit before tax of £28.0 million was reported (2022: £326.8 million). The decrease 

in profit in the year is principally reflective of the unrealised fair value loss on the portfolio 
in the period. Further information is available on page 86

 – The Company’s cash balance as at 31 December 2023 was £128.6 million, held to 

service ongoing costs and upcoming dividend payments (2022: £92.8 million)

 – £108.1 million of new capital was invested during the year (2022: £191.6 million). 

See more information in note 12 of the financial statements and on pages 16 to 17

 – As noted in the Chair’s Letter, the proceeds from the Airband sale and OFTO realisation 
were used, alongside free cash flow, to repay c.£80 million of the CDF. Following this 
repayment, at the date of this Report, the Company’s £350 million CDF is undrawn 
(with c.£14 million committed by way of letters of credit), with fund level leverage therefore 
representing less than 1% of the Company’s 31 December 2023 NAV. The CDF remains 
available until June 2025

 – In April 2023, the Company increased the size of its existing CDF from £250 million 

to £350 million with the existing banking group (Royal Bank of Scotland International, 
National Australia Bank, Barclays Bank and Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation) 
and extended the maturity date from March 2024 to June 2025

 – Net financing costs paid were £7.8 million (2022: £2.9 million) reflecting the level 

of utilisation and extension of the Company’s CDF during the year

28

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

overview

STRATEGIC REPORT

corporate governance

Financial StatementS

SUMMARY OF CASH FLOWS

Summary of Consolidated Cash Flow

Opening cash balance
Cash from investments
Corporate costs (for ongoing charges ratio)
Net financing costs

Net operating cash flows before capital activity1

Cost of new investments
Investment transaction costs
Net movement of CDF
Proceeds of capital raisings (net of costs)
Dividends paid

Closing cash balance

Cash dividend cover

Cash dividend cover (excluding cash from realisation activity)

Year to  
31 December 
2023  

Year to  
31 December 
2022  

£ Million

£ Million

92.8
307.1
(35.8)
(7.8)

263.5

(108.1)
(3.7)
35.7
–
(151.6)

128.6

1.7x

1.1x

56.1
205.9
(30.2)
(2.9)

172.8

(191.6)
(1.8)
(126.9)
320.2
(136.0)

92.8

1.3x

1.3x

1  The operating cash flows before capital activity as disclosed above of c.£263.5 million (31 December 2022: c.£172.8 million) include net repayments from investments at fair value through 
profit or loss of c.£134.4 million (31 December 2022: c.£34.0 million), and finance costs paid of c.£7.8 million (31 December 2022: c.£2.9 million) and exclude investment transaction costs 
of c.£3.7 million (31 December 2022: c.£1.8 million) when compared to net cash inflows from operations of c.£133.3 million (31 December 2022: c.£138.6 million) as disclosed in the 
consolidated cash flow statement on page 89 of the financial statements.

CASH FLOWS ASSOCIATED WITH ONGOING CHARGES RATIO

Corporate Costs

Management fees
Audit fees 
Directors’ fees
Other running costs

Corporate costs

Ongoing Charges Ratio

Annualised Ongoing Charges1
Average NAV2

Ongoing Charges

Year to  
31 December 
2023  

£ Million

Year to  
31 December 
2022 
£ Million

(32.2)
(1.1)
(0.5)
(2.0)

(35.8)

(27.9)
(0.6)
(0.5)
(1.2)

(30.2)

Year to  
31 December 
2023  

£ Million

Year to  
31 December 
2022 
£ Million

(35.8)
2,974.0

(30.2)
2,858.3

(1.20%)

(1.06%)

1  The Ongoing Charges ratio was prepared in accordance with the Association of Investment Companies’ (‘AIC’) recommended methodology, noting this excludes non-recurring costs. 
2  Average of published NAVs for the relevant period.

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

29

OPERATING REVIEW continUeD

            inveStor retUrnS

The Company aims to provide its investors with stable, long-term, inflation-linked returns, based on growing dividends and the potential for 
capital appreciation. 

TSR* AND NAV TOTAL RETURN
The Company’s annualised TSR since IPO to 31 December 2023 was 6.8% (31 December 2022: 7.5%). The total return based on the NAV 
appreciation plus dividends paid since IPO to 31 December 2023 is 7.40% (31 December 2022: 7.9%) on an annualised basis. 

As part of the Company’s Half-yearly Financial Report for the six months to 30 June 2023, the Board announced a reassessment of the 
Company’s long-term total return target, given recent changes in the macroeconomic environment. This has since been completed and, 
going forward, rather than apply a static quantitative target to the assessment of new investment opportunities, the Board has decided 
to introduce a more dynamic and qualitative target, that provides the requisite guidance to stakeholders whilst ensuring that the Company 
considers prevailing market and macroeconomic conditions at the point in time at which investment decisions are made. Under this new 
framework, the target return for any new investment will be informed by several factors including: (i) the Company’s share price relative 
to its NAV, (ii) the Company’s weighted average discount rate, and (iii) any pertinent economic or strategic considerations.

PERFORMANCE AGAINST  
STRATEGIC KPIs

0.7% p.a.

Inflation-linked returns 
on a portfolio basis1
(31 December 2022: 0.7%)

5.0%

Annual dividend increase achieved
(31 December 2022: 2.5%)

INFLATION-LINKAGE 
In an environment where investors are focused on achieving long-term real rates of return 
on their investments, inflation protection is an important consideration for the Company. 
At 31 December 2023, the majority of assets in the portfolio had a significant degree of 
inflation-linkage. In aggregate, the weighted average return of the portfolio (before fund-level 
costs) would be expected to increase by 0.7% per annum in response to a 1.0% per annum 
increase in all of the assumed inflation rates in which the Company is invested 
(31 December 2022: 0.7%).

DIVIDEND GROWTH
As reported in the Company’s Half-yearly Financial Report, acknowledging the higher 
levels of inflation, the Company decided to increase its 2023 dividend to 8.13 pence per 
share, representing a 5% increase compared to the 2022 dividend. The dividend in respect 
of the six months to 31 December 2023 of 4.07 pence per share is expected to be paid 
on 13 June 2024.

Inflation remained elevated during the year and although it has now moderated, the Board 
has decided to increase the 2024 dividend target to 8.37 pence per share2 reflecting growth 
of 3% (previously 2.5%) compared to the 2023 dividend. The increase in the target dividend 
growth rate for 2024 takes into account the Company’s ambitions to sustainably grow 
dividends over the long term whilst providing full dividend cash coverage.

Beyond 2024, the Board is forecasting to continue its long-term projected annual dividend 
growth rate of 2.5% such that the 2025 dividend target is 8.58 pence per share2. 

1  Calculated by running a ‘plus 1.0%’ inflation sensitivity for each investment and solving each investment’s discount rate to return the original valuation. The inflation-linked return is the 

increase in the weighted average discount rate. Please refer to page 36 for further detail.

2  Future profit projection and dividend cannot be guaranteed. Projections are based on current estimates and may vary in future.

30

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

overview

STRATEGIC REPORT

corporate governance

Financial StatementS

INPP DIVIDEND GROWTH

Pence per share

+c.2.5%
consistent annual 
growth YoY

6.00

6.15

6.30

6.45

6.65

6.82

7.00

7.18

7.36

7.55

7.74

5.25

5.40

5.55

5.70

5.85

+3.0%
growth in
2024

+2.5%
growth in
2025

8.37

8.58

+5.0%
growth in
2023

8.13

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

2
0
0
7

2
0
0
8

2
0
0
9

2
0
1
0

2
0
1
1

2
0
1
2

2
0
1
3

2
0
1
4

2
0
1
5

2
0
1
6

2
0
1
7

2
0
1
8

2
0
1
9

2
0
2
0

2
0
2
1

2
0
2
2

2
0
2
3

2
0
2
4

2
0
2
5

  Actual

  Forecast

SHARE PRICE PERFORMANCE
The Company has historically exhibited relatively low levels of correlation with the market. The correlation with the FTSE All-Share index 
was 0.4 over the 12 months to 31 December 2023 (31 December 2022: 0.33). Changes in the global macroeconomic environment have 
impacted the share price of the Company and that of those in the wider listed investment trust sector. As a result, the Company’s share price 
traded at a discount to the NAV during the year to 31 December 2023. The Board and its Investment Adviser continue to believe the share 
price materially undervalues the Company and have actively been pursuing actions that it may take to address this. These initiatives are 
discussed further in the Chair’s Letter on pages 4 to 5.

SHARE PRICE PERFORMANCE

(% change)

140

120

100

80

60

40

20

0

-20

-40

-60

D
e
c

0
6

J
u
n

0
7

D
e
c

0
7

J
u
n

0
8

D
e
c

0
8

J
u
n

0
9

D
e
c

0
9

J
u
n

1
0

D
e
c

1
0

J
u
n

1
1

D
e
c

1
1

J
u
n

1
2

D
e
c

1
2

J
u
n

1
3

D
e
c

1
3

J
u
n

1
4

D
e
c

1
4

J
u
n

1
5

D
e
c

1
5

J
u
n

1
6

D
e
c

1
6

J
u
n

1
7

D
e
c

1
7

J
u
n

1
8

D
e
c

1
8

J
u
n

1
9

D
e
c

1
9

J
u
n

2
0

D
e
c

2
0

J
u
n

2
1

D
e
c

2
1

J
u
n

2
2

D
e
c

2
2

J
u
n

2
3

D
e
c

2
3

  INPP

  FTSE 250

  FTSE All-share

INPP NAV

Source:  Bloomberg

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

31

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
OPERATING REVIEW continUeD

inveStor retUrnS CONTINUED

VALUATIONS 
NAV

The negative impact of the increase in 
government bond yields was partially 
offset by changes to the investment 
risk premia designed to ensure that the 
valuations continue to reflect recent 
market-based evidence of pricing for 
infrastructure investments. The positive 
impact of these adjustments on the 
NAV was £142.5 million. 

NET ASSET VALUE MOVEMENTS

(£ million)

During the year, Sterling strengthened against 
the Australian Dollar, Canadian Dollar, the 
Danish Krone, Euro, New Zealand Dollar and 
US Dollar, these being the foreign currencies 
the Company was exposed to during the 
year. Including the change in the value of 
the forward foreign exchange contracts, 
the net negative impact on the NAV 
was £20.9 million.

Adjustments to short-term inflation 
and deposit rate assumptions were 
made during the year to reflect 
the prevailing macroeconomic 
environment. Further details of these 
changes can be seen on page 35 
and in aggregate these had a positive 
£37.4 million impact on the NAV.

3,200

3,100

3,000

2,900

2,800

2,700

2,600

2,500

3,039.8

(314.7)

142.5

(151.6)

183.6

2,916.1

(20.9)

37.4

NAV at
31 December
2022

Change in
Government
Bond Yields

Change in
Investment
Risk Premia

Cash
Distributed
to INPP
Shareholders

Change in 
Foreign 
Exchange 
Rates1

Change in 
Macroeconomic
Assumptions

NAV 
Return2

NAV at
31 December
2023

1. FX impact is net of hedging.
2. The NAV return represents amongst other things, (i) variances in both realised and forecast investment cash flows, (ii) the unwinding of the discount factor applied to

those future investment cash flows, and (iii) changes in the Company’s net assets. 
The yields on the government 
bonds used as part of the valuation 
process increased during the year, 
resulting in a net £314.7 million 
decrease in the NAV.

In line with forward guidance 
provided previously, cash 
dividends of 3.87 pence 
and 4.06 pence per share 
were paid to the Company’s 
shareholders during the year, 
in relation to the six-month 
periods to 31 December 2022 
and 30 June 2023 respectively, 
totalling £151.6 million.

Among other things, the NAV Return of 
£183.6 million captures the impact of the following:

 – Unwinding of the discount rate

 – Return generated from the portfolio’s strong 
inflation-linkage where actual inflation rates 
were higher than the Company’s assumptions 
for the year

 – Updated operating assumptions to reflect 
current expectations of forecast cash flows

 – Actual distributions received above the 

forecast amount due to active management 
of the Company’s portfolio and

 – Changes in the Company’s working 

capital position

1  Foreign exchange rate impact is presented net of hedging.
2 

 The NAV return represents amongst other things, (i) variances in both realised and forecast investment cash flows, (ii) the unwinding of the discount factor applied to those future investment 
cash flows, and (iii) changes in the Company’s net assets. 

32

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

overview

STRATEGIC REPORT

corporate governance

Financial StatementS

INVESTMENTS AT FAIR VALUE

An increase of £108.1 million 
owing to new investments 
made during the year.

The rebased investments at 
fair value of £2,749.0 million 
is presented to allow an 
assessment of the Portfolio 
Return assuming that the 
investments and distributions 
occurred at the start of the 
relevant period.

The Portfolio Return of 
£226.8 million captures broadly 
the same items as the NAV 
Return (set out in detail on page 
32) with the principal exception 
being the fund-level operating 
costs and portfolio working 
capital movements. 

During the year, Sterling strengthened 
against the Australian Dollar, Canadian 
Dollar, the Danish Krone, Euro, New 
Zealand Dollar and US Dollar, these 
being the foreign currencies the 
Company was exposed to during 
the year. The negative impact on 
the investments at fair value was 
£22.1 million.

INVESTMENTS AT FAIR VALUE MOVEMENTS

108.1

(307.1)

2,948.0

226.8

(172.2)

2,749.0

(22.1)

37.4

2,818.9

(£ million)

3,100

3,000

2,900

2,800

2,700

2,600

2,500

Investments at
Fair Value at
31 December
2022

Investments

Investment
Distributions

Rebased
Investments
at Fair Value

Portfolio 
Return1

Change in 
Discount
Rates

Change in 
FX Rates

Change in 
Macroeconomic
Assumptions

Investments at
Fair Value at
31 December
2023

1. The Portfolio Return represents, amongst other things, (i) variances in both realised and forecast investment cash flows and (ii) the unwinding of the discount factor applied to 

those future investment cash flows.

A decrease of £307.1 million due 
to distributions paid out from the 
portfolio during the year. 

Increases in government bond 
yields in the year, partially offset 
by changes to investment risk 
premia, resulted in a net increase 
in portfolio discount rates. 
The net negative impact of these 
movements on the investments 
at fair value is £172.2 million. 
Please refer to page 36 for 
more information.

Inflation assumptions across the majority of 
applicable geographies were either in-line or 
marginally lower than previously forecast in the 
near-term, as inflation came down faster than 
had been previously forecast. Deposit rate 
assumptions have also been adjusted upwards. 
Further details of these changes can be seen on 
page 35 and in aggregate these had a positive 
£37.4 million impact on the NAV.

1  The Portfolio Return represents, amongst other things, (i) variances in both realised and forecast investment cash flows and (ii) the unwinding of the discount factor applied to those 

future investment cash flows. 

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

33

OPERATING REVIEW continUeD

inveStor retUrnS CONTINUED

PROJECTED CASH FLOWS
The Company’s investments are generally expected to continue to exhibit predictable cash flows, owing to the principally contracted 
or regulated nature of the underlying cash flows. As the Company has a high degree of visibility over the forecast cash flows of its current 
investments, the chart below sets out the Company’s forecast investment receipts from its current portfolio before fund-level costs.

The majority of the forecast investment receipts are in the form of dividends or interest and principal payments from subordinated and senior 
debt investments. The Company’s portfolio comprises both investments with finite lives (determined by concession or licence terms) and 
perpetual investments that may be held for a much longer term. Over the term of investments with finite lives, the Company’s receipts from 
these investments includes a return of capital as well as income, and the fair value of such investments is expected to reduce to zero over time.

PROJECTED INVESTMENT RECEIPTS

Investment Receipts (£m)

450

400

350

300

250

200

150

100

50

0

2
0
2
4

2
0
2
5

2
0
2
6

2
0
2
7

2
0
2
8

2
0
2
9

2
0
3
0

2
0
3
1

2
0
3
2

2
0
3
3

2
0
3
4

2
0
3
5

2
0
3
6

2
0
3
7

2
0
3
8

2
0
3
9

2
0
4
0

2
0
4
1

2
0
4
2

2
0
4
3

2
0
4
4

2
0
4
5

2
0
4
6

2
0
4
7

2
0
4
8

2
0
4
9

2
0
5
0

2
1
4
7

2
1
4
8

2
1
4
9

2
1
5
0

This chart is not intended to provide any future profit forecast. Cash flows shown are projections based on the current individual asset financial models and may vary in future. Only agreed 
investment commitments as at 31 December 2023 are included.

34

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

overview

STRATEGIC REPORT

corporate governance

Financial StatementS

MACROECONOMIC ASSUMPTIONS
The Company reviews the macroeconomic assumptions underlying its forecasts on a regular basis. Following a thorough market 
assessment, it was resolved that certain minor adjustments should be made to the short-term inflation rate and deposit rate assumptions 
used to value the Company’s investments. These changes were prompted by forecasts reviewed by the Company, which indicate that 
inflation rates and interest rates across the majority of the countries in which INPP is invested are expected to remain above the Company’s 
longer-term assumptions throughout the next 12 to 18 months. The foreign exchange rates were updated to reflect the spot rates on the 
valuation date.

The key macroeconomic assumptions used as the basis for deriving the Company’s investment valuations are summarised below, 
with further details provided in note 11 of the financial statements.

Macroeconomic assumptions

Inflation rates

UK

Australia 

New Zealand

Europe

Canada

US2

UK
Australia 
New Zealand
Europe
Canada
US2

GBP/AUD
GBP/NZD
GBP/DKK
GBP/EUR 
GBP/CAD
GBP/USD

UK
Australia 
New Zealand
Europe
Canada
US2

Long-term deposit rates3

Foreign exchange rates

Tax rates4

31 December 2023

31 December 2022

RPI: 4.50% until Dec 2024,
3.00% until Dec 2025,
2.75% thereafter1
CPIH: 3.25% until Dec 2024,
2.25% until Dec 2025,
2.00% thereafter
3.25% until Dec 2024,
3.00% until Dec 2025,
2.50% thereafter
2.75% until Dec 2024,
2.25% until Dec 2025,
2.25% thereafter
3.00% until Dec 2024,
2.25% until Dec 2025,
2.00% thereafter
2.75% until Dec 2024,
2.25% until Dec 2025,
2.00% thereafter
N/A

2.50%
2.75%
2.50%
1.50%
2.50%
N/A

1.87
2.01
8.60
1.15
1.69
1.27

RPI: 8.00% until Dec 2023,
2.75% thereafter

CPIH: 7.00% until Dec 2023,
2.00% thereafter

5.25% until Dec 2023
3.00% until Dec 2024,
2.50% thereafter
N/A

5.00% until Dec 2023,
2.50% until Dec 2024,
2.00% thereafter
2.75% until Dec 2023,
2.00% thereafter

N/A

2.50%
2.75%
N/A
1.50%
2.50%
N/A

1.77
N/A
8.40
1.13
1.64
1.21

25.00%
30.00%
28.00%
Various (12.50% – 32.28%)
Various (23.00% – 26.50%)
N/A

19.00%/25.00%5
30.00%
N/A
Various (12.50% – 32.28%)
Various (23.00% – 26.50%)
N/A

1  Where insufficient protections exist within project agreements or through regulatory precedent, RPI is assumed to align with CPIH post-2030.
2  The Company’s US investment is in the form of subordinated debt and therefore not directly impacted by inflation, deposit and tax rate assumptions. 
3  Actual current deposit rates being achieved are assumed to be maintained until 31 December 2024 before adjusting to the long-term rates noted in the table above from 1 January 2025. 

The 31 December 2023 valuation adjusted to the longer-term assumption from 1 January 2024.

4  Tax rates reflect those substantively enacted as at the valuation date or those that could reasonably be expected to be substantively enacted shortly after the valuation date.
5  The UK Government announced a corporate tax rate of 25% applicable from 1 April 2023 at the Spring Budget 2021. 

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

35

 
OPERATING REVIEW continUeD

inveStor retUrnS CONTINUED

DISCOUNT RATES
The discount rate used to value each investment comprises the appropriate long-term government bond yield plus an investment-specific 
risk premium which reflects the risks and opportunities associated with that particular investment and is designed to ensure that the resulting 
valuation reflects prevailing market conditions.

The Company continues to see strong demand for well-structured infrastructure assets and businesses and has sought to ensure that the 
all-in discount rates remain commensurate with market pricing. Whilst the Company notes that historically, discount rates have not moved 
in lockstep with government bond yields, in respect of the current period, it has prudently allowed a portion of the government bond yield 
increases observed since 31 December 2022 to result in higher discount rates. Further, the realisation of the OFTO senior debt, which has 
historically had a lower weighted average discount rate than the INPP portfolio, has had a positive impact on the portfolio weighted average 
discount rate as of 31 December 2023. Notwithstanding, the Company and its Investment Adviser continue to believe that the discount to 
NAV at which the Company’s shares are trading materially undervalues the Company.

The Company previously published both a Risk Capital weighted average discount rate and a portfolio weighted average discount rate – 
the latter of which captured the discount rates of all investments including the lower-risk senior debt investments. Owing to the OFTO senior 
debt realisations in the period, senior debt investments now represent less than 2% of the Company’s portfolio by fair value and therefore 
only one discount rate, which encompasses all of the investments, is presented.

Weighted average government bond yield
Weighted average risk premium
Weighted average discount rate

31 December 
2023

31 December 
2022

4.25%
4.12%
8.37%

3.13%
4.38%
7.51%

Movement

112 bps
(26 bps)
86 bps

The Company is aware that there are differences in approach to the valuation of investments among similar listed infrastructure funds. In the 
Company’s view, comparisons of discount rates between different listed infrastructure funds are only meaningful if there is a comparable 
level of confidence in the quality of forecast cash flows (i.e. assumptions are homogenous); the risk and return characteristics of different 
investment portfolios are understood; and allowance is made for differences in the quality of asset management employed to manage risk 
and deliver returns. Any focus on average discount rates without an assessment of these and other factors would be incomplete and could 
therefore lead to misleading conclusions.

VALUATION SENSITIVITIES 
Sensitivity analysis is provided as an indication of the potential impact of these assumptions on the NAV per share on the unlikely basis that 
the changes occur uniformly across the remaining life of the portfolio. The movement in each assumption could be higher or lower than 
presented. Further, forecasting the impact of these assumptions on the NAV in isolation cannot be relied on as an accurate guide to the 
future performance of the Company as many other factors and variables will combine to determine what actual future returns are available. 
These sensitivities should therefore be used only for general guidance and not as an accurate prediction of outcomes. Further details can be 
found in note 11.5 of the financial statements.

ESTIMATED IMPACT OF CHANGES IN KEY VARIABLES TO 31 DECEMBER 2023 BASED ON NAV OF 152.6 PENCE PER SHARE

Discount rates +/-1%

-12.6

Inflation +/-1%

-10.9

15.1

12.3

Foreign exchange +/-10%

-4.1

4.1

Deposit rates +/-1%

Tax rates +/-1%

Lifecycle +/-10%

-1.2

1.2

-0.7

-0.9

0.7

0.9

-18.0

-12.0

-6.0

0.0

6.0

12.0

18.0

  + Change

  – Change

Pence per share

DISCOUNT RATES 
The chart above indicates the sensitivity of the NAV per share to uniform changes to the discount rates applied to the forecast cash flows 
from each individual investment.

36

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

 
overview

STRATEGIC REPORT

corporate governance

Financial StatementS

INFLATION
The impact of inflation on the value of each investment depends 
upon the extent to which the revenues and costs of that particular 
investment are linked to an inflation index. On a portfolio basis, there 
is a positive correlation to inflation with a 1.00% sustained increase 
in the assumed inflation rates projected to generate a 0.7% increase 
in returns (31 December 2022: 0.7%). The uplift in the portfolio’s 
inflation-linkage has largely been a function of the realisation of 
the OFTO senior debt, which had a lower inflation-linkage that 
the portfolio average. The returns generated by the Company’s 
non-UK investments are typically linked to the relevant Consumer 
Price Index (‘CPI’) for that jurisdiction whilst the Company’s UK 
investments are typically linked to variations of the Retail Price Index 
(‘RPI’) or the CPIH (CPI including owner occupied housing costs).

LIFECYCLE SPEND
There is a process of renewal required to keep physical assets fit 
for use and the proportion of total cost that represents this ‘lifecycle 
spend’ will depend on the nature of the asset.

PPPs will typically need to ensure that the assets are kept at the 
standard required of them under agreements with relevant public 
sector counterparties. To enhance the certainty around cash 
flows, the majority of the Company’s PPP investments, and all of 
the Company’s OFTO investments, are currently structured such 
that lifecycle cost risk is taken by a subcontractor for a fixed price 
(isolating equity investors from such downside risk). As a result, the 
impact of changes to the forecast lifecycle costs for the Company’s 
PPP investments is relatively small.

In anticipation of the UK Government’s previously announced 
intention to align the RPI to the CPIH from 2030 onwards, the 
inflation assumption used for UK investments which are currently 
linked to the RPI and do not benefit from protective contractual 
agreements or regulatory precedents, was previously adjusted 
to align with the Company’s CPIH assumption from 2030. For the 
avoidance of doubt, the impact of this approach on the NAV is 
negligible. Furthermore, the inflation sensitivities by geographical 
region are provided in note 11.5 of the financial statements.

FOREIGN EXCHANGE
The Company has a geographically diverse portfolio and forecast 
cash flows from investments are subject to foreign exchange rate 
risk in relation to Australian Dollars, Canadian Dollars, Danish Krone, 
Euros, New Zealand Dollars and US Dollars. The Company seeks to 
mitigate the impact of foreign exchange rate changes on near-term 
cash flows by entering into forward contracts, but the Company 
does not hedge exposure to foreign exchange rate risk on long-term 
cash flows. The impact of a 10% increase or decrease in these rates 
is provided for illustration.

DEPOSIT RATES
The long-term weighted average deposit rate assumption across 
the portfolio is 2.36% per annum. While operating cash balances 
tend to be low given the structured nature of the investments, 
project finance structures typically include reserve accounts to 
mitigate certain costs and therefore variations to deposit rates may 
impact valuations. The impact of a 1.00% increase or decrease in 
these rates is provided for illustration.

TAX RATES
Post-tax investment cash inflows are impacted by tax rates 
across all relevant jurisdictions. The impact of a 1.00% increase or 
decrease in these rates is provided for illustration. Other potential 
tax changes are not covered by this scenario.

The Company’s investments in rolling stock leasing or operating 
businesses, or businesses providing digital infrastructure, are also 
distinct from PPPs which have fixed revenue streams from which they 
need to pay lifecycle costs. These businesses will still expect to incur 
lifecycle costs but will typically aim to recover any changes in lifecycle 
costs over time through the prices they charge their end-users.

Tideway and Cadent are treated differently due to the protections 
offered by the regulatory regimes under which they operate. 
Regulated assets have their revenues determined for a known 
regulatory period and each settlement includes revenue sufficient 
to allow the owner to undertake the efficient lifecycle management 
of its assets due in that regulatory period. It is common practice 
to employ reputable subcontractors to undertake lifecycle work 
under contracts which include incentive and penalty regimes aligned 
with the businesses’ regulatory targets. This approach ensures 
an alignment of interest and helps to mitigate the risk of increased 
lifecycle costs falling on the equity investor. Accordingly, no lifecycle 
sensitivity has been run in respect of the Company’s investments in 
Tideway and Cadent.

The impact of a 10% increase or decrease in the lifecycle costs 
incurred by the Company’s PPPs, OFTOs, rolling stock leasing 
or operating businesses is provided for illustration.

By order of the Board

MIKE GERRARD
CHAIR
27 March 2024

JOHN LE POIDEVIN
DIRECTOR
27 March 2024

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

37

RESPONSIBLE INVESTMENT

            reSponSiBle inveStment

The Company has continued to enhance 
its efforts to ensure that it meets the 
environmental and social characteristics 
it promoted in 2022. This has enabled it to 
disclose additional sustainability indicators 
across its investments. Over the course 
of the last year, we have gained greater 
insight into the current sustainability 
performance which we intend to use as 
a baseline to track the impact of our active 
asset management initiatives. Utilising this 
enhanced data, the Company has reviewed 
and updated its ESG KPIs, focusing on the 
most material sustainability aspects for us 
and our key stakeholders.

The Company has disclosed a selection of 
data within this Annual Report for reference, 
but would encourage shareholders to 
review the third edition of the Sustainability 
Report for greater detail of the following:

KPI REFRESH
Following the review of our ESG KPIs, 
which were informed by engagement with 
a selection of the Company’s investors, 
a number of new portfolio-level KPIs 
have been established to take our active 
sustainability approach forward. These KPIs 
draw from sector best practice guidance, 
and cover material topics including net zero, 
diversity and inclusion and the sustainability 
criteria of the EU Taxonomy. 

This will be the first year of disclosure 
against these new KPIs and will direct 
our investment engagement and asset 
management activities going forward. 
The Company will continue to review 
the KPIs on an ongoing basis.

JULIA BOND
CHAIR, ESG COMMITTEE

MESSAGE FROM THE ESG 
COMMITTEE CHAIR
I am pleased to report the Company’s 
positive sustainability performance during 
the year. We continued to work with 
our public sector clients to support the 
delivery of essential public services and 
to meet broader environmental and social 
objectives, across the geographies and 
sectors in which the Company invests. 
During the year, the Company’s investments 
provided facilities to support the education 
of over 180,000 pupils, treatment of over 
610,000 patients and delivered in excess 
of 200 million passenger journeys.

As the ESG regulatory and reporting 
landscape expands for the Company, its 
investments and shareholders, we remain 
committed to providing all our stakeholders 
with clear and accurate sustainability 
disclosures. This includes the sustainability 
performance of our investments as well as 
the progress from our stewardship activities. 
To reflect this, the Company has produced 
the third edition of its Sustainability 
Report, which has been published 
alongside this Annual Report.

38

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

overview

STRATEGIC REPORT

corporate governance

Financial StatementS

NEXT STEPS
As we progress this work, the interests of 
all our stakeholders will remain at the core 
of our decision-making and our overall 
approach to stewardship. We’d like to 
thank Amber, Investment Adviser to the 
Company, for their ongoing commitment 
to sustainability and we look forward to 
further engaging with investors on this 
important topic.

JULIA BOND 
CHAIR, ESG COMMITTEE 
27 March 2024

REGULATORY ALIGNMENT 
AND DISCLOSURES
The Company believes its investments 
have positive environmental and social 
characteristics and recognises the potential 
benefit that EU Taxonomy disclosures 
could provide to the Company’s investors. 
As such, the Company has undertaken 
a comprehensive assessment of its 
investment activities against the Taxonomy 
criteria. In addition, the Company has 
introduced a ‘Pathway to EU Taxonomy 
Alignment’ KPI that challenges eligible 
investments to avoid significant harm and 
meet the minimum safeguards set out 
in the EU Taxonomy Regulation1 and the 
EU Taxonomy Delegated Acts. For more 
information on the Company’s alignment 
with the EU Taxonomy, please refer to the 
SFDR periodic report in the Annex of this 
Report and Section 3 of the Company’s 
latest Sustainability Report.

NET ZERO
Net zero continues to be a focus of the 
Company both through the infrastructure 
that it delivers and its active asset 
management activities. Notably through 
our OFTO portfolio, which has the capacity 
to transmit sufficient renewable electricity 
to power the equivalent of c.2.7 million 
homes and, following the recent financial 
close of Moray East OFTO, this will increase 
by another one million homes. 

Alongside the Company’s Investment 
Adviser, the Board has also introduced 
two new ‘Pathway to Net Zero’ KPIs 
at a portfolio level, drawing from the 
infrastructure net zero guidance developed 
by the Institutional Investors Group 
on Climate Change (‘IIGCC’) which 
supplements the Net Zero Investment 
Framework (‘NZIF’)2. These KPIs will help 
track our investments’ alignment with 
credible net zero pathways as well as 
our ongoing engagement with investee 
companies and our public sector partners.

1  Regulation EU. 2020/852. 
2  https://www.iigcc.org/resources/guidance-for-infrastructure-assets-complement-to-the-nzif.

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

39

RESPONSIBLE INVESTMENT continUeD

Image: Sylvester Primary School, New Zealand

40

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

overview

STRATEGIC REPORT

corporate governance

Financial StatementS

APPROACH TO RESPONSIBLE INVESTMENT DISCLOSURES
As stated above, the Company believes its investments have positive environmental and social characteristics, as per its categorisation 
as an Article 8 Financial Product (‘FP’). The following data has been collected to enable the Company to better assess and monitor its 
environmental and social impacts and identify associated risks and opportunities. It is intended that this data will assist the Company’s 
shareholders to meet their own regulatory requirements. For more detail on the Company’s approach to responsible investment, please refer 
to the latest edition of the Company’s Sustainability Report. Please refer to pages 113 to 121 for the Company’s SFDR periodic report to 
meet its reporting requirements under Article 11 of the SFDR.

APPLICATION OF SUSTAINABILITY FRAMEWORKS 
Part of the process for data selection involves using international sustainability frameworks and reporting standards as a guidance. There are 
several frameworks with which the Company aligns partially (i.e. we use the framework as a starting point from which to develop accounting 
practices) or fully (i.e. we fully comply with the framework requirements). These are summarised below.

PARTNERSHIP FOR CARBON 
ACCOUNTING FINANCIALS 

The Company’s financed 
emissions have been 
quantified in accordance with 
the Partnership for Carbon 
Accounting Financials 
(‘PCAF’) Financed Emissions 
Standard1, which aligns with 
greenhouse gas (‘GHG’) 
disclosures set out in the 
SFDR Principal Adverse 
Impacts (‘PAIs’) as well as 
the TCFD’s recommended 
metrics for asset managers. 
This includes the disclosure 
of investment-level Scope 
1 and 2 emissions, and 
this year, material Scope 3 
emissions2. 

SDGs

SFDR

TCFD 

The Company supports the 
2030 Agenda for Sustainable 
Development adopted by the 
UN Member States in 2015. 
Alignment with the SDGs is 
a key part of the Company’s 
approach to ESG integration 
and it contributes towards 
the SDGs in two main ways: 
the positive environmental 
and social characteristics 
of its investments and its 
approach to active asset 
management. For more 
information regarding the 
Company’s Investment 
Adviser’s work with the 
SDGs, see Section 1 of 
the Company’s latest 
Sustainability Report.

The SFDR requires financial 
market participants (‘FMPs’) 
that market an FP into an 
EU state, to comply with the 
disclosure of ESG-related 
information. As the Company 
qualifies as an internally 
managed Alternative 
Investment Fund (‘AIF’) 
pursuant to the Alternative 
Investment Fund Managers 
Directive (‘AIFMD’), it is an 
FMP for the purposes of 
SFDR. By marketing itself to 
EU countries, the Company 
is deemed to be marketing 
an FP, given that it is itself an 
AIF. Therefore, INPP meets 
the two-pronged test of the 
SFDR. Please refer to the 
Annex of this Report for the 
Company’s second periodic 
disclosure.

The Company is aware of 
the transitional and physical 
impacts of climate change 
on the resilience of our 
business. As a closed-ended 
investment company, the 
Company is not required to 
comply with LR 9.8.6R(8) 
and, therefore, is not required 
to issue a statement of 
compliance with TCFD. 
However, the Company 
has continued to voluntarily 
report in line with TCFD, 
with a summary included 
on pages 46 to 47 and the 
detailed reporting included 
in the Company’s latest 
Sustainability Report. By 
endorsing and aligning its 
practices with the TCFD 
recommendations, the 
Company has crystallised 
its understanding and 
disclosure of climate-related 
risks and opportunities. 
The Company’s TCFD 
implementation is integrated 
into the Company’s 
strategy, risk management, 
governance practices, 
and reporting.

OTHER ESG FRAMEWORKS 
The Company will continue to monitor other recently implemented and developing ESG frameworks closely, such as the EU sustainability 
reporting standards drafted by the European Financial Reporting Advisory Group (‘EFRAG’) as part of the Corporate Sustainability Reporting 
Directive (‘CSRD’) as well as the UK’s Sustainability Disclosure Requirements (‘SDR’) which is currently in its consultation phase. The Company 
will also closely follow the developments of the International Financial Reporting Standards Foundation’s International Sustainability Standards 
Board (‘ISSB’) in their aim of establishing global sustainability disclosure standards as well as the Taskforce on Nature-related Financial 
Disclosures (‘TNFD’), which is a developing framework for assessing nature-related risks. The Company aims to grow its use of ESG 
frameworks as they further harmonise their work into a comprehensive, global platform for corporate sustainability reporting.

1  PCAF (2022). The Global GHG Accounting and Reporting Standard Part A: Financed Emissions. Second Edition.
2  Data completeness 98%.

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

41

RESPONSIBLE INVESTMENT continUeD

reSponSiBle inveStment CONTINUED

CONTRIBUTION TO THE SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT GOALS
The Company draws on the SDGs to demonstrate the positive environmental and social characteristics of its investments. This page 
highlights the primary SDGs that are supported by the Company’s investments, alongside alignment of the full portfolio by fair value. 
Please refer to Section 1 of the Sustainability Report for more information on the Company’s approach to SDG alignment.

>610,000

Patients treated in healthcare facilities 
developed and managed by the Company

37,000,000m3

The three components of the London Tideway 
Improvements will work conjunctively to 
reduce discharges in a typical year by 
c.37 million cubic metres

>10,400

Jobs supported across all investments

>180,000

Students attending schools developed 
and maintained by the Company 

c.2.7million

Estimated equivalent number of homes 
capable of being powered by renewable 
energy transmitted through OFTO 
investments

>212million

Annual passenger journeys through 
sustainable transport investments

The chart below shows the alignment of the Company’s portfolio with the core SDGs described above, by investments at fair value 
as at 31 December 2023.

3  Good Health and Well-Being 4%
4  Quality Education 17%
6  Clean Water & Sanitation 14%
7  Affordable & Clean Energy 17%
9 
11 Sustainable Cities & Communities 24%
16 Peace, Justice and Strong Institutions 5%

Industry, Innovation and Infrastructure 19%

42

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

overview

STRATEGIC REPORT

corporate governance

Financial StatementS

INPP ESG KPIs
Following the strengthening of its ESG data collection and reporting processes during 2022, the Company has further developed its insight 
into the ESG performance of its portfolio and aligned its processes with the reporting requirements of SFDR and TCFD.

Following a review of this enhanced data set, the Company has established a number of new KPIs. These KPIs will enable the Company to 
monitor its performance across key environmental, social, and governance aspects, and provide stakeholders with valuable insights into the 
ongoing progression of its sustainability approach.

One of the main objectives of the KPI update process was to create closer alignment of its KPIs to regulatory frameworks, including 
SFDR and the EU Taxonomy. Additionally, the net zero KPI aligns with the IIGCC’s net zero portfolio coverage target criteria, set out in 
its infrastructure-specific guidance which supplements the NZIF1. Further information on these targets can be found in section 3.1 of the 
Company’s latest Sustainability Report.

The Company continues to monitor progress for several existing KPIs, such as SDG contribution and the Investment Adviser’s ESG 
integration performance. For the 2023 Principles for Responsible Investment (‘PRI’) assessment, the Company’s Investment Adviser received 
the highest rating of five-stars for both the Investment and Stewardship Policy and the Infrastructure modules (2022: 5-star rating).

ESG KPIs2 

Target

31 December 2023

31 December 2022

1.  Contribution to Sustainable Development Goals  

Positive SDG contribution for new investments

2.  Investment Adviser ESG Integration Performance  

Investment Adviser PRI score

100%

100%

100%

5-stars

5-stars

5-stars

3. Governance 
3.1  Investments that have policies and processes in line with UN Global Compact 

Principles3

100%

100%

New 2023

3.2  Implementation of INPP minimum Governance policies and procedures on: 
Conflicts of Interest; Financial Crime Mitigation; Diversity and inclusion;  
and Whistleblowing3

4. Pathway to net zero4
4.1  In scope investments that are net zero, aligned to net zero or aligning to 

net zero by 20305

4.2 Remaining investments that are ‘Net Zero Ready’ by 20306

5. Social
5.1  Investments that have undergone a biennial, independent health and safety 

(‘H&S’) audit3

5.2 Investments with initiatives that aim to improve H&S performance3
5.3  Operating companies that transparently disclose delivery of diversity, equality, 

and inclusion (‘DEI’) policies7

6. Environmental Performance
6.1 Investments with an environmental management system3
6.2  Investments with initiatives that aim to improve the environmental 
performance of the monitored Principal Adverse Indicators (‘PAIs’)3

7. Climate risk
Investments with initiatives aimed at mitigating climate risks3

8. Pathway to EU Taxonomy alignment
Investments eligible for EU Taxonomy alignment that pass the EU Taxonomy 
Do No Significant Harm (‘DNSH’) and Minimum Safeguards criteria8

100%

100%

100%

100% 
100%

100%
100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

N/A
N/A

New 2023
New 2023

86%
100%

New 2023
100%

52%

New 2023

99%

99%

98%

New 2023

79%

New 2023

100%

83%9

New 2023

1  https://iigcc.org/resources/guidance-for-infrastructure-assets-complement-to-the-nzif
2  All ESG KPIs, with the exception of the Investment Adviser’s PRI score, are weighted by fair value of investments.
3  KPIs apply to all investments where the Company has a majority equity investment, or a minority equity holding over £2 million.
4  The baseline year for both net zero KPIs will be 2024, assuming 0% alignment for this period. The Company expects to make good progress towards these KPIs during 2024 by focusing 

its engagement on the NZIF criteria. Please refer to the Company’s latest Sustainability Report for more information.

5  As of 31 December 2023, 29% of the portfolio based on fair value falls under the KPI 4.1 criteria for NZIF infrastructure. Alignment with NZIF criteria determined by the ability of the Company 

to meet NZIF alignment criteria. 

6  As of 31 December 2023, 71% of the portfolio based on fair value falls under the KPI 4.2 criteria for Net Zero Ready KPI. Alignment with Net Zero Ready KPI is determined by INPP 

requirement to work with third party stakeholders to meet NZIF Alignment Criteria. 

7  Applies to operating companies within the portfolio. This includes Cadent, Tideway, BeNEX, OFTOs, Gold Coast Light Rail, Reliance Rail, Angel Trains, Community Fibre and toob.
8  Applies to investments eligible under EU Taxonomy Regulation (Regulation (EU) 2020/852). As at 31 December 2023, this comprises 51% of the portfolio.
9  Represents 43% of current portfolio. Please see the SFDR Periodic Disclosure for formal EU Taxonomy alignment KPIs.

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

43

RESPONSIBLE INVESTMENT continUeD

reSponSiBle inveStment CONTINUED

FINANCED GHG EMISSIONS
APPROACH
As part of its focus on aligning investments with the objectives 
of the Paris Agreement, the Company seeks to monitor GHG 
emissions across its portfolio and support decarbonisation 
initiatives, where possible. The Company actively manages all 
investments, supported by its Investment Adviser. The degree 
to which the Company can influence its financed emissions varies 
according to investment type. 

For the Company’s PPP investments, some operating businesses 
and regulated investments, the Investment Adviser’s asset 
management team support at an operational level and aims 
to ensure that GHG emissions are monitored. 

Where the Company is a minority shareholder or for senior debt 
investments, the Company typically has less influence over operational 
activities, and in some cases may not have access to GHG or activity 
data. However, GHG impacts and data availability are incorporated in 
the screening and due diligence phase for every new investment.

Quantifying the financed emissions of the investment portfolio 
is important for the Company to help support investment-level 
decarbonisation initiatives and to better understand its climate-
related transition risks.

INPP SCOPE 3 FINANCED EMISSIONS INDICATOR

Total Attributed GHG emissions (tCO2e)

Carbon footprint (tCO2e/£m invested)

GHG intensity of investments (tCO2e/£m revenue)

The Company has self-assessed the data quality of its financed 
emissions, in line with the PCAF approach, and has quantified a 
weighted data quality score of 1.7 for its investment-level Scope 1 
and 2 GHG emissions (High Quality = 1 Low Quality = 5). 

PORTFOLIO EMISSIONS
As described below, the Company has applied the PCAF guidance 
to calculate its total attributed GHG emissions (the Company’s 
Scope 3 category 15 investment emissions). This includes the 
Scope 1 and 2 emissions of each investment, attributed to the 
Company based on its proportional share of the equity and debt 
in each investment. The Company is also disclosing the Scope 3 
emissions of investments for the first time this year. 

The carbon footprint metric aligns with PCAF’s ‘economic 
emission intensity’ and is the Company’s total attributed emissions 
normalised by the total equity and debt the Company invests 
across the portfolio. For the GHG intensity of investments metric 
the Company has applied the TCFD recommended approach for 
calculating a Weighted Average Carbon Intensity (‘WACI’). 

Scope

31 December
2023

31 December
2022

Scope 1 of investments

Scope 2 of investments

Scope 3 of investments

Total Scope 1 and 2

Total Scope 1, 2 and 3

Total Scope 1 and 2

Total Scope 1, 2 and 3

Total Scope 1 and 2

Total Scope 1, 2 and 3

 35,584

 11,039 

32,157

 46,623

78,780

23

39

141

238

36,667

10,311

N/A

46,978

N/A

27

N/A

145

N/A

REDUCTION INITIATIVES
Whilst the Company’s level of control can vary significantly between investment types, it seeks to encourage GHG emissions reduction 
initiatives wherever possible. For examples of GHG reduction initiatives implemented across the portfolio during 2023, please refer to 
Section 3 of the latest Sustainability Report.

SUSTAINABLE FINANCE DISCLOSURE REGULATION 
APPROACH
The Company satisfies the threshold criteria set out in the SFDR and, therefore, has obligations under the SFDR. As part of these requirements, 
the Company has categorised itself as an Article 8 FP which promotes, among other characteristics, environmental and social characteristics. 

Through its investments in infrastructure that supports a sustainable society, the Company promotes environmental and social characteristics 
but does not have sustainable investment as its objective and does not invest in sustainable investments, as defined under the SFDR.

This categorisation was communicated in the Company’s prospectus, published in April 20221. In addition, the Company has also published 
a website disclosure in accordance with the Level 1 requirements of the SFDR regulation2.

1  https://www.internationalpublicpartnerships.com/media/press-releases/placing-open-offer-and-offer-for-subscription-and-publication-of-prospectus-and-circular/.
2  https://www.internationalpublicpartnerships.com/media/2629/amber-sfdr-website-disclosures.pdf.

44

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

overview

STRATEGIC REPORT

corporate governance

Financial StatementS

EU TAXONOMY
The Company is not in scope of the EU Taxonomy regulation. Equally, investee companies fall outside of EU Taxonomy regulation, either by 
location or threshold. Under its current Article 8 categorisation, the Company has not set a minimum proportion for sustainable investments. 
However, we recognise the potential benefit Taxonomy disclosures could provide to the Company’s investors. As such, the Company has 
estimated its portfolio alignment with the six environmental objectives of the EU Taxonomy. For more information please refer to Section 4 
of the Company’s latest Sustainability Report.

SUSTAINABILITY INDICATORS
The Company tracks sustainability indicators of its investments to ensure that it meets the environmental and social characteristics it 
promotes. These disclosures cover the majority of the Company’s investment portfolio and align with the definitions of the 14 core indicators 
listed in Annex 1 of the Delegated Regulation (EU) 2022/1288 (the ‘Delegated Act’), consisting of nine environmental indicators and five 
social indicators. The Company has now reported against these indicators for the second successive reporting period, as detailed in the 
table below. For more information, please refer to Section 4 of the Company’s latest Sustainability Report.

Sustainability indicator Metric

Investment 
GHG emissions

Scope 1 GHG emissions

Scope 2 GHG emissions

Scope 3 GHG emissions

Total GHG emissions

Carbon footprint

GHG intensity of investee companies

Share of investments in companies active in the fossil fuel sector

Share of non-renewable energy consumption and non-renewable energy 
production of investee companies from non-renewable energy sources 
compared to renewable energy sources2

Energy consumption intensity per high impact climate sector: Electricity, 
gas, steam and air conditioning supply

Energy consumption intensity per high impact climate sector: 
Transportation and storage

31 December 
20231

31 December 
2022

Unit

tCO2e
tCO2e
tCO2e
tCO2e
tCO2e/£m invested
tCO2e/£m revenue
%

35,584

11,039

32,157

78,780

39

238

16%

36,667

10,311

N/A

46,978

27

145

15%

%

94%

97%

GWh/£m

GWh/£m 

0.52

0.26

Energy consumption intensity per high impact climate sector: Construction

GWh/£m

0.003

Biodiversity

Share of investments in investee companies with sites/operations located 
in or near to biodiversity-sensitive areas where activities of those investee 
companies negatively affect those areas

Tonnes of emissions to water generated by investee companies per 
million GBP invested, expressed as a weighted average

%

Tonnes/£m

0%

0

Water

Waste

Tonnes of hazardous waste and radioactive waste generated by investee 
companies per million GBP invested, expressed as a weighted average

Tonnes/£m

0.08

0.03

Social and  
employee  
matters

Share of investments in investee companies that have been involved in 
violations of the UN Global Compact (‘UNGC’) principles or Organisation 
for Economic Co-operation and Development (‘OECD’) Guidelines for 
Multinational Enterprises

Share of investments in investee companies without policies to 
monitor compliance with the UNGC principles or OECD Guidelines for 
Multinational Enterprises or grievance /complaints handling mechanisms 
to address violations of the UNGC principles or OECD Guidelines for 
Multinational Enterprises

Average unadjusted gender pay gap of investee companies

Average ratio of female to male board members in investee companies, 
expressed as a percentage of all board members

Share of investments in investee companies involved in the manufacture 
or selling of controversial weapons

%

0%

0%

%

%

%

%

0%

21%

0%

19%

14%

17%

0%

0%

1  Sustainability indicators cover over 98% of the portfolio. Where the Company is missing data, it will work with co-investors to obtain data over time, with a preference to avoid estimating impacts.
2  There are no energy generation assets within the portfolio, so this is consumption only.

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

45

0.63

0.22

0

0%

0

RESPONSIBLE INVESTMENT continUeD

reSponSiBle inveStment CONTINUED

TCFD

Recommended disclosure

Summary

Governance

a)  Describe the Board’s 

oversight of climate-related 
risks and opportunities.

b)  Describe management’s 
role in assessing and 
managing climate-related 
risks and opportunities.

Strategy

a)  Describe the climate-
related risks and 
opportunities the 
organisation has identified 
over the short, medium 
and long-term.

b)  Describe the impact 

of climate-related risks 
and opportunities on 
the organisation’s 
businesses, strategy 
and financial planning.

c)  Describe the resilience of 

the organisation’s strategy, 
taking into consideration 
different climate-related 
scenarios, including a 2°C 
or lower scenario.

The Board sets the strategy for the Company and makes decisions on changes to 
the portfolio (including approval of acquisitions, disposals and valuations). Through 
Board committees and the advice of external independent advisers, it manages the 
governance and risks of the Company. The Board has overall responsibility for ESG 
considerations and ensuring they are integrated into the Company’s investment 
strategy, including climate change. This is achieved through the Company’s Audit and 
Risk Committee, Investment Committee, Management Engagement Committee and 
ESG Committee. 

The Company’s Investment Adviser is responsible for implementing the Company’s 
ESG policies into its activities on a day-to-day basis. This includes the integration of 
ESG considerations through investment origination and ongoing management of the 
Company’s Investments. The Board and the Investment Adviser meet on a quarterly 
basis, during which they review the risks facing the Company, including risks related 
to climate change. Sustainability considerations, including climate change, are also 
included as regular topics for discussion at the Company’s annual strategy meetings. 

Section

Sustainability 
Report
Section 4.6

Sustainability 
Report
Section 4.6

The Company’s investments are exposed to physical and transitional climate change 
risks. However, the Company has a high degree of protection due to the contracted 
or regulated nature of its investments.

Sustainability 
Report
Section 4.6

Flood, tropical cyclone, extreme wind and heat are the most important hazards for 
the Company’s existing portfolio. Other hazards could affect particular assets, but 
do not pose a widespread risk. Equally, the changes arising from a transition to a 
low-carbon economy have the potential to be wide-ranging, including changes to 
laws and regulations, adapting to the decarbonisation of heat, increased electrification 
of transportation and other systems previously dependent on fossil fuels, and 
decarbonisation of construction. 

A transition to a low-carbon economy will continue to present infrastructure 
investment opportunities that will be required if governments around the world are 
to meet their legally binding commitments. As such, the Company is well placed 
to benefit from the transition to net zero as well as manage risks associated with it.

A large portion of the Company’s investments are availability-type assets where 
the cash flows are based on making the assets available in a pre-agreed manner. 
The cash flows from such investments are largely insulated from changes to the 
physical risks of climate change and the net zero transition.

Sustainability 
Report
Section 4.6

The portfolio-level findings of the climate change impact assessment, including 
scenario analysis, demonstrate that the Company’s strategy is resilient to both 
physical and transition risks associated with climate change. The Company believes 
it is well placed to benefit from the transition to net zero, as infrastructure will play 
a leading role in decarbonising the global economy.

Sustainability 
Report
Sections 3.1 
and 4.6 

46

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

overview

STRATEGIC REPORT

corporate governance

Financial StatementS

Recommended disclosure

Summary

Risk

a)  Describe the organisation’s 
processes for identifying 
and assessing climate-
related risks.

The Board recognises the importance of identifying and actively monitoring the 
risk facing the business. The Company considers climate risk in line with its risk 
management framework for identifying, evaluating and managing significant risks 
faced by the Company. 

b)  Describe the organisation’s 
processes for managing 
climate-related risks.

A robust assessment of principal and emerging risks facing the Company is 
performed. Each identified risk is assessed in terms of probability of occurrence, 
potential impact on financial performance and any movements in the relative 
significance of each risk between periods. The assessments build on the wealth of 
knowledge acquired by the Company and Investment Adviser through both bidding 
and asset management phases, with risk assessments carried out to quantify and 
assess risks. The Company has developed a series of risk management actions to 
reduce financial risks across the portfolio.

Section

Sustainability 
Report
Section 4.6

Sustainability 
Report
Section 4.6

The Company’s approach to risk management is implemented through the following 
risk control processes: Risk Identification, Risk Assessment, Mitigation Plan, Risk 
Monitoring, Reporting and Reassessment.

Sustainability 
Report
Section 4.6

c)  Describe how processes 
for identifying, assessing 
and managing climate-
related risks are integrated 
into the organisation’s 
overall risk management.

Metrics

a)  Disclose the metrics used 
by the organisation to 
assess climate-related risks 
and opportunities in line 
with its strategy and risk 
management process.

The Company takes a holistic view to determining climate risks and opportunities at 
the investment level. Whilst the Company is supportive of monitoring and reporting 
emissions data, it also recognises that they do not always directly correlate with 
financial risks to the Company. However, the quantification of the financed emissions 
of the investment portfolio is important for the Company to help support its public 
sector clients with investment-level decarbonisation initiatives. 

Sustainability 
Report
Sections 4.3 
and 4.6

The Company has quantified its Scope 3 emissions (i.e. the combined Scope 1 
and 2 emissions of its investments), as per SFDR and PCAF guidelines. Through 
scenario analysis conducted in 2022, the Company is now considering physical risk 
metrics across its risk management processes and will embed climate-related risks 
and opportunities in line with its strategy. The Company has introduced a new KPI 
aimed at monitoring the financial impact of weather-related events on investments.

b)  Disclose Scope 1, Scope 2 
and, if appropriate, Scope 
3 GHG emissions, and the 
related risks.

Due to the nature of its business, the Company has no Scope 1 or Scope 2 
greenhouse gas emissions. As part of its focus on aligning investments with the 
objectives of the Paris Agreement, the Company seeks to monitor its Scope 
3 investment emissions (financed emissions) across its portfolio and support 
decarbonisation initiatives, where possible.

Sustainability 
Report
Sections 4.3 
and 4.6

c)  Describe the targets used 
by the organisation to 
manage climate-related 
risks and opportunities 
and performance 
against targets.

Through the investments that it makes, the Company is helping to support the shift 
to net zero in the markets where it invests. This includes infrastructure that directly 
enables net zero, such as the Company’s offshore wind electricity transmission assets 
in the UK, or our passenger rail investments that provide low-carbon transport.

Sustainability 
Report
Sections 3.1 
and 4.6

The Company has established portfolio-level KPIs for tracking the progress of its 
investments on a pathway to net zero. These KPIs draw from the NZIF portfolio 
coverage criteria and consider the varying levels of control that the Company has over 
its investments, as well as the importance of collaboration with its public sector clients 
to achieve emissions reductions. 

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

47

RESPONSIBLE INVESTMENT continUeD

reSponSiBle inveStment CONTINUED

VALUE CREATION – HOW WE ENGAGE
The Company takes a proactive approach to identifying and engaging with 
key stakeholders to ensure there is clear two-way communication that can 
be used to support the mutual success of the Company and its stakeholders. 
Good governance is the cornerstone of these relationships, and the Company 
is focused on leading with high standards of business conduct. It achieves this 
through a combination of board engagement and oversight and leveraging the 
Investment Adviser’s expertise and networks. The Company believes robust 
stakeholder engagement is a critically important component to delivering its 
purpose over the long term and is considered at a strategic level by the Board, 
and ensuring all shareholders are treated fairly. The Board has promoted the 
success of the Company having regard to the requirements of Section 172 
of the UK Companies Act 2006, as outlined opposite.

48

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

inveStorS 

Consistent and growing returns

We aim to provide our investors with stable, long-
term, inflation-linked returns, based on growing 
dividends and the potential for capital appreciation. 
Through engagement with all our investors, we 
aim to inform them of our strategic objectives and 
to ensure that the Company understands all views 
on topical issues. This approach is intended to 
maximise investor support of our current objectives 
and performance whilst also helping shape the 
Company’s future plans.

The key mechanisms for the Company’s 
engagement with investors include:

 – Regular and timely updates on performance, 
including through the annual and half-yearly 
reporting cycle. This includes institutional and 
retail-focused webinars

 – The Company’s AGM

 – Periodic Investor Days

 – One-to-one meetings or calls with the Board’s 

Chair and other Directors

 – One-to-one meetings or calls with 

representatives from the Company’s 
Investment Adviser

 – Other Group engagement with representatives 

from the Company’s Investment Adviser 

 – The Company’s website

 – An annual video providing an overview 

of the Company 

During the year, the Company has continued its 
active engagement with investors, particularly 
in light of investor focus on capital allocation. 
Post-period end, this included a Capital Markets 
Day for the Company’s shareholders and wider 
stakeholders. In addition, the Company has held 
several one-to-one meetings to discuss key 
topics, including net zero. The output of these 
meetings helped shape the development of our 
new ESG KPIs, which will help provide investors 
with clear and trackable data on the sustainability 
performance of our data.

overview

STRATEGIC REPORT

corporate governance

Financial StatementS

pUBlic Sector  
& otHer StaKeHolDerS
A trusted partner

We aim to provide the public sector 
and other customers with a highly 
reliable, robust service through our 
investments. Our ability to deliver 
contracted services and maintain 
strong relationships with our clients 
through our Investment Adviser is 
vital for the long-term success of the 
business. Through close engagement 
with our clients, we aim to meet high 
levels of satisfaction and quickly 
respond to any potential issues 
and emerging challenges.

The key mechanisms for engagement 
with our clients include:

 – Regular meetings (where possible, 
in person and/or virtually) between 
the Investment Adviser and public 
sector clients, including local 
authorities and regulators

commUnitieS 

Strengthening communities

We strive to make our investments an 
integral part of the communities they 
serve. Engaged communities can play 
an important role in successful delivery 
of new assets and their long-term 
operations. As part of our approach 
to active asset management, the 
Investment Adviser ensures critical 
services are delivered with a focus 
on the end-user, ensuring that the 
community is at the heart of all that 
we do. This approach is intended 
to help our communities thrive and 
create robust environments for our 
investments to flourish. 

The key mechanisms for community 
engagement include:

 – Active asset management providing 

facilities for community use

 – Local Education Partnership 

 – Active asset management, which 

agreements

provides monitoring of the facilities 
management arrangements on 
compliance with maintenance 
obligations

 – Asset managers directly engaging 

with the client on a day-to-day basis

The Company’s Investment Adviser 
is part of several working groups with 
the IPA aimed at developing common 
approaches to hand-backs and net 
zero for UK PFI buildings. The working 
group has collectively supported the 
development of a sector-specific net 
zero stewardship guidance document, 
which was published in 20231. 

 – Supporting community initiatives

Through its Investment Adviser, the 
Company continues to work with 
the specialist agent Collecteco to 
support local communities through 
the donation of fixtures, fittings and 
equipment no longer suitable for use 
in social infrastructure investments. 
During the year, a group-wide 
agreement was signed with Collecteco 
to further roll out this scheme across 
additional PFI projects, creating 
social value, net zero and circular 
economy benefits.

KeY  
SUpplierS
An engaged supply chain

Our ambition is to work with a high-
quality, sustainable supply chain with 
a focus on long-term value for our 
stakeholders. The performance of our 
service providers, their employees, 
and investment supply chain is 
crucial for the long-term success of 
our business. The Company takes a 
progressive approach to engaging with 
key suppliers. A key component of this 
is ensuring our Investment Adviser is 
proactively maintaining an engaged 
supply chain for our investments. 

Examples of mechanisms for 
engagement with key suppliers include:

 – Annual Management Engagement 

Committee review

 – Ad-hoc engagement

 – Quarterly Board meetings 

and reporting 

 – Investment Adviser managing 

investment supply chain

During the year, the Company has 
been working with the Facilities 
Management Companies within its 
supply chain to discuss net zero and 
agreeing actions to conduct project-
level feasibility studies and mechanisms 
for implementing initiatives that are 
identified to reduce energy and carbon.

1  https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/decarbonisation-of-operational-pfi-projects

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

49

CONTINUOUS RISK MANAGEMENT 

            continUoUS riSK management

The Board is ultimately responsible for risk management. Oversight of the risk framework and management process is delegated 
to the Audit and Risk Committee. The risk framework has been designed to mitigate the risk of failure to meet business objectives. 
No system of control can provide absolute assurance against the incidence of risk, misstatement or loss. Regard is given to the 
materiality of relevant risks in designing systems of risk management and internal control.

BOARD

–  Audit and Risk Committee
–  Management Engagement Committee
–  Investment Committee
–  Nomination and Remuneration Committee
–  Environmental, Social and Governance Committee

RISK CONTROL LEVELS
–  Service provider’s internal 

PRINCIPAL ADVISERS
–  Investment Adviser and 

controls

–  Independent controls and 

process reviews

–  External audit

Asset Manager

–  Company Secretary
–  Fund Administrator
–  Legal Adviser
–  Corporate Broker
–  Corporate Bankers

RISK MANAGEMENT
RISK FRAMEWORK AND MANAGEMENT PROCESS
The Company has in place a risk management framework. The Board recognises the importance of identifying and actively monitoring the 
risks facing the business. The framework involves an ongoing process for identifying, evaluating and managing significant risks faced by the 
Company which includes an assessment of longer-term and emerging risks. While responsibility for risk management ultimately rests with 
the Board, the aim is for the risk management framework to be embedded as part of the everyday operations and culture of the Company 
and its key advisers. 

The risk framework is applied holistically across the Company and, to the extent possible, to the underlying investment portfolio as illustrated 
in the Business Model on pages 8 to 9. The framework has been in place for the year under review and up to the date of approval of this 
Annual Report and Financial Statements.

Direct communication between the Company and its Investment Adviser’s in-house asset management team is a key element in the effective 
management of risks within the investment portfolio. 

The Board continues to monitor the need for an internal audit function but believes the controls and assurance processes applied at the key 
service providers, alongside the external controls process reviews performed annually, provide robust and sufficient assurance.

50

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

overview

STRATEGIC REPORT

corporate governance

Financial StatementS

The risk framework is implemented through the following risk control processes:

RISK IDENTIFICATION
 – The Board, Audit and Risk Committee and the 

Risk Sub-Committee identify risks with additional 
input from the Company’s Investment Adviser and 
the Administrator 

 – Key risks are identified at the investment approval 
stage, where the investment papers include an 
assessment of key risks as well as potential 
mitigations. This reflects work performed at the 
due diligence phase, incorporating input where 
relevant from specialist advisors appointed to 
support the investment process 

 – The Board receives detailed quarterly asset 

management reports highlighting performance 
and potential risk issues on an investment-by-
investment basis 

 – The Audit and Risk Committee has an open 
dialogue with its advisers to assist with 
assessment of significant risks, if any, that  
might arise between reporting periods

RISK ASSESSMENT
 – Each identified risk is assessed in terms of 

probability of occurrence, potential impact on 
financial performance and any movements in the 
relative significance of each risk between periods 

 – A robust assessment of principal and 
emerging risks facing the Company is 
performed. The assessments build on the 
wealth of knowledge acquired by the Company 
and Investment Adviser through both bidding 
and asset management phases, with risk 
assessments carried out to quantify and 
assess risks 

 – Where risks might impact viability, these are 

assessed further and the Viability Statement on 
page 62 contains more information of this review 

RISK MONITORING, REPORTING  
AND REASSESSMENT
 – Risks are monitored and risk mitigation plans are 
reassessed by the Audit and Risk Committee, 
where applicable, with input from any relevant  
key service providers, and reported to the  
Board on a quarterly basis

 – Annual external controls and process reviews 

help ensure the robustness of control processes

 – No significant failings or weaknesses were 

identified in the review of controls during the year 

MITIGATION PLAN
 – For newly identified risks or existing risks with 
increased likelihood or impact, the Audit and 
Risk Committee provides oversight in terms of 
developing an action plan to mitigate the risk 
and where relevant, enhanced monitoring and 
reporting is put in place

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

51

CONTINUOUS RISK MANAGEMENT continUeD

continUoUS riSK management CONTINUED

DEVELOPMENTS IN THE YEAR IN RELATION 
TO PRINCIPAL AND EMERGING RISKS
UK REGULATORY REGIME ANNOUNCEMENTS
As at 31 December 2023, the Company was invested in Cadent, 
Tideway and 10 OFTOs, all of which are regulated by independent 
statutory economic regulators with different frameworks. These 
frameworks are designed to, amongst other things, protect the 
interests of consumers whilst ensuring that regulated companies 
can earn a reasonable return on their capital. Investments in 
regulated assets are considered long-term and therefore, investors 
typically look beyond any individual regulatory cycle. However, 
changes in the regulatory regimes have the potential to impact 
the returns of these regulated assets.

Cadent is regulated by Ofgem, which has granted Cadent a 
licence to distribute gas across certain regions within the UK. 
Cadent’s licence provides it with five-yearly regulatory price reviews. 
The next price review period will run from April 2026 to March 
2031. In December 2023, Ofgem launched its sector specific 
methodology consultation which set out its initial proposals on the 
framework that will be used to determine the revenues that UK gas 
network companies will be able to earn in the next price review 
period. Ofgem is not ultimately expected to finalise the revenue 
determinations until the months prior to the start of the next price 
control period in April 2026.

Tideway is regulated by Ofwat, which has granted Tideway a licence 
to design, build, finance, commission and maintain a new 25km 
‘super sewer’ under the River Thames. Tideway’s licence provides 
it with no price review until 2030, after which, it will follow a similar 
five-yearly price review process to which water and waste water 
companies are currently subject. Ofwat continues to progress its 
‘PR24’ review which will be used to determine the revenues that 
UK water companies will be able to earn in the price control period 
running from April 2025 to March 2030. Tideway’s licence provides 
it with no price control review until 2030 and therefore Ofwat’s PR24 
review has no direct impact on Tideway albeit elements of the review 
may indicate how the Company will be regulated in the future.

The Company’s OFTO investments are regulated by Ofgem, which 
has granted those OFTOs a licence to transmit electricity generated 
by an offshore wind farm into the onshore grid. The licence provides 
for an availability-based revenue stream at a predetermined rate 
for a fixed period of time (typically 20–25 years). Please see more 
information on page 25.

COST OF LIVING CRISIS 
The Bank of England’s response to bring inflation down to its 
mandated target of 2% curb inflation has seen the base rate of 
interest rise to its highest level since the 2008 financial crisis. 
This has added to the financial pressures on UK households. 
The disruption in the market has seen a continuation of large-scale 
industrial action across the UK economy including rail, healthcare 
and education as workers have sought to limit pay erosion and 
improve working conditions. Whilst inflation in the UK has seemingly 
stabilised and has trended downwards recently, it is still susceptible 
to external shocks and remains volatile.

52

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

The Company continues to monitor counterparty risk for any issues 
affecting its service providers in light of challenges faced by these 
businesses as a result of the current economic environment. The 
Investment Adviser, building on the experience gained following 
the liquidation of Carillion Plc and the administration of Interserve 
Plc, is well placed to respond to any issues arising from its service 
providers and has contingency plans in place to allow for a smooth 
transition of contracts to an alternative service provider if required. 
Please see further information on page 56.

INTEREST RATES
The increases seen in interest rates and government bond yields 
over the course of 2022 and 2023 have the ability to impact the 
Company in a variety of ways, including: the discount rates applied 
to forecasted cash flows, deposit rates affecting the amount of 
interest earned from cash held, and/or the cost of any new or 
replacement debt that needs to be procured. 

Whilst historically, discount rates have not moved in lockstep with 
government bond yields and even though demand for infrastructure 
assets remains strong, discount rates have seen modest rises 
in the period. Increased cash flows resulting from higher inflation 
expectations, foreign exchange gains derived from the weakening 
of Sterling, and greater interest earned from cash balances have 
played a mitigating role in offsetting any potential future discount 
rate valuation movements.

Due to the fixing or hedging of the vast majority of debt in the 
portfolio, increases in the cost of debt have a limited impact 
on current debt costs. Investments which do not have a pre-
determined concession term or licence period may contain an 
element of refinancing exposure. Revenues for regulated assets 
are frequently adjusted by the regulator to compensate for changes 
in the market cost of debt, and other businesses which operate 
in industries with high barriers to entry would typically expect 
to be able to pass on a majority of changes in their cost base 
to counterparties.

INVESTOR SENTIMENT
The listed alternatives sector has continued to be impacted by the 
challenging macroeconomic environment.

The impact is not unique to the infrastructure sector: almost all UK 
listed investment companies have come under pressure as investors 
in the space have rotated out of alternatives and into now higher 
yielding debt causing a negative impact on share prices.

This has naturally caused a reduction in fundraising in comparison 
to previous years and reduced the number of acquisitions taking 
place. Instead, many investment companies have paused making 
new investments and have turned their focus to divestments and 
introducing share buybacks. The economic situation remains 
volatile, and inflation is forecast to remain above the Bank of 
England’s target rate of 2% in the near term. Please see further 
information in the Chair’s Letter on how the Company is responding 
to the current market environment.

 
overview

STRATEGIC REPORT

corporate governance

Financial StatementS

CLIMATE CHANGE
Climate change remains a key focus of the ESG Committee, 
ensuring that the Company continues to evolve its approach to 
considering both the risks and opportunities it presents. Climate 
change would most likely manifest itself through impact on physical 
assets (risk 4) and changes in climate-related regulation (risk 9). 
Climate change is therefore considered both as a current and 
emerging risk. Please see more information from page 38 in this 
Report and in the Company’s latest Sustainability Report.

GEOPOLITICAL EVENTS
Over the last decade, economies worldwide have been affected by 
repeated geopolitical disturbances including the Covid-19 pandemic, 
US-China trade destabilisation, the war in Ukraine and most recently 
the conflict in the Middle East. In particular, the military conflicts have 
the potential to cause contagion bringing about further disruption 
and crises in the regions culminating in further division amongst 
political and economic blocs. These events can cause significant 
volatility for markets which could impact the Company.

The Company continues to actively monitor these events to ensure 
that the portfolio of investments is protected, to the extent it can be, 
from the direct and indirect impacts of the conflicts. The Company 
does not hold any investments in the impacted regions, and we 
are not aware of any material direct implications for the Company 
or its portfolio.

FURTHER INFORMATION
A description of broader risk factors relevant to investors is 
disclosed in the latest Company prospectus available on the 
website www.internationalpublicpartnerships.com. 

RISK ASSESSMENT 
AGGREGATE RISK ASSESSMENT
The Company’s identified risks have been mapped to the five different risk categories: political, portfolio operations, macroeconomic, 
regulation and compliance, and central operations.

RISK ASSESSMENT
Aggregate risk assessment

Political

Portfolio operations

Macroeconomic

Regulation & compliance

Central operations

Lower

Medium

Higher

ASSESSED RISK POSITION 

The chart summarises the overall residual level of risk facing the Company, presenting a combined assessment which incorporates 
the potential impact arising from not only the Company’s principal risks, but from all of the Company’s other identified risks:

 – Political risk incorporates risks arising from government policy and actions;

 – Portfolio operations risk incorporates risks arising from asset operations and ongoing investment performance, including regulatory risk 

impacting at asset level;

 – Macroeconomic risk incorporates risks arising in the wider economy, including inflation and interest rates;

 – Regulation and compliance risk incorporates risks arising from new laws and regulations applicable to the Company and its assets; and

 – Central operations risk incorporates risks arising from the management of the portfolio.

The relative impact assessed to be arising from each risk has been combined to present a holistic position, giving stakeholders a more 
complete picture of the Company’s residual risk position. Those risks of the Company which are assessed to be the principal risks are 
separately identified, and further discussed overleaf.

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

53

 
CONTINUOUS RISK MANAGEMENT continUeD

continUoUS riSK management CONTINUED

PRINCIPAL RISKS 
This section provides a summary of the Board’s assessment of the Company’s principal risks. This is not intended to highlight all the 
potential risks to the business. There may be other risks that are currently unknown or regarded as less material, which could turn out to 
materially impact the performance of the Company, its assets, capital resources and reputation. Where the Company has applied mitigation 
processes, it is unlikely that the techniques applied will fully mitigate the risk.

The following key is used in the table below to highlight 
the Board’s view on movement of risk exposures during 
the year:

  Risk exposure has increased in the year

  Risk exposure has reduced in the year

 No significant change in risk exposure since last reporting year

POLITICAL

1. POLITICAL POLICY

DESCRIPTION

MITIGATION

The businesses in which the Company invests 
are subject to potential changes in policy and 
legal requirements. All investments have a public 
sector infrastructure service aspect and are 
exposed to political scrutiny and the potential 
for adverse public sector or political criticism.

The majority of the Company’s existing investments benefit from long-term service 
and asset availability-based pricing contracts or regulatory frameworks and the 
countries in which the Company operates do not tend to have a tradition of 
penal retrospective legislation. Governments tend to be long-term supporters 
of infrastructure and similar investment and recognise the risk of deterring future 
investment in the event that penal or disproportionate steps are taken in respect 
of existing contractual engagements.

Change in Political Policy
Political policy and public financing decisions may 
adversely impact either existing investments, or 
the Company’s ability to source new investments 
at attractive prices or at all. This may impact the 
Company’s reputation.

Adverse changes to policies may directly or 
indirectly result from reputational developments 
seen across the wider sector.

Termination of Contracts
Contracts between public sector bodies and the 
Company’s investment entities may contain rights 
for the public sector to terminate contracts in 
specific situations. While the contracts typically 
provide for some compensation in such cases, 
this may be less than required to sustain the 
Company’s valuation. There have been instances 
of contracts being voluntarily terminated in the 
UK (although not affecting the Company).

Nationalisation
Longer-term political policy pressures arising as a 
consequence of Brexit in the UK or the Covid-19 
pandemic more globally remain uncertain, so a 
residual possible risk of nationalisation remains 
over the medium-term.

54

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

Current global policy practice continues to support the use of private sector capital 
to finance public infrastructure, despite challenge from some political parties, 
particularly in the UK, around the role of the private sector in the provision of 
such services.

The Company seeks to maintain strong and positive relationships with its public 
sector clients and external stakeholders where possible.

The Company engages with its public sector clients in developing cost-saving 
initiatives and seeks to act as a ‘good partner’ including a focus on the ESG 
aspects of its investments. None of the Company’s investments have been 
identified, by any government audit or public sector report, as poor value for 
money or not in the public interest.

The Investment Adviser is a signatory to the Code of Conduct for Operational 
PFI/PPP contracts in the UK. The Code sets out the basis on which public and 
private sector partners agree to work together to make savings in operational 
PPP contracts.

Compensation on termination clauses within such contracts serve to partially 
mitigate the risk of voluntary termination. Furthermore, in the current financial 
climate where voluntary termination leads to a requirement to pay compensation, 
such compensation is likely, in many cases, to represent an unattractive 
immediate call on the public finances for the public sector.

The Company believes significant compensation would be required in order 
to enact this policy legitimately within existing contractual arrangements. 
Therefore, given the state of public finances, we maintain the view that the 
Company is defensively positioned in this regard.

 
 
 
 
overview

STRATEGIC REPORT

corporate governance

Financial StatementS

PORTFOLIO OPERATIONS

2. ASSET PERFORMANCE

DESCRIPTION

MITIGATION

Construction
For the Company’s assets under construction, there is an 
element of construction risk that takes the form of cost overruns 
or delays which could impact on investment returns. The 
construction industry is still affected by geopolitical events, 
which contain potential consequential impacts on the Company. 

Operational Performance
Assets in the portfolio have revenues which are based on the 
availability of the asset, as well as revenues not solely dependent 
on availability but with linkage to other factors including demand 
risk or being subject to regulatory frameworks. 

The entitlement of the Company’s PPP and OFTO investments 
to receive revenues is generally dependent on underlying 
physical assets remaining available for use and continuing to 
meet certain performance standards. Failure to maintain assets 
available for use or operating in accordance with pre-determined 
performance standards may result in a reduction in the income 
that the Company has projected to receive.

A number of investments in the portfolio are subject to 
regulatory regimes which are designed by the regulators to, 
among other things, protect the interests of consumers whilst 
ensuring that regulated companies are able to earn a reasonable 
return on their capital. Changes in the regulatory regimes 
have the potential to impact the returns of the Company’s 
two regulated assets.

A number of investments in the portfolio assume residual 
values which are expected to be received from the assets on 
completion of the project contract or at the end of the expected 
investment holding period. Amounts which are realised may be 
different from current assumptions.

Cyber Security 
Cyber security continues to be an issue of focus for the 
Company with growing levels of sophistication seen in the 
use of cyber-attacks targeting businesses. The Company and 
the assets in its portfolio can be impacted by cyber security 
in a number of ways including asset operational performance, 
financial loss, or reputational impact.

Performance-Related Termination
In serious cases where the terms of the underlying contract 
with the public sector are breached due to default or force 
majeure then that contract can usually be terminated without 
compensation. Failure to receive the amount of revenue 
projected or termination of a contract will have a consequential 
impact on the Company’s cash flow and value. 

Contractual mechanisms allow for significant pass-down of 
construction cost overrun and delay risk to subcontractors and/
or consumers, subject to credit risk (see below). The Company’s 
investment in Tideway benefits from a government support 
mechanism which ultimately backstops investors’ downside 
risk in the event of a major construction cost overrun. 
Tideway construction works were more than 90% complete 
as at 31 December 2023.

The Board reviews the performance of each investment on a 
quarterly basis and historically has seen consistently high levels 
of asset availability.

For regulated assets, the regulatory regimes under which the assets 
operate provide a level of protection of cash flows for these assets.

Contractual mechanisms and underlying regulatory frameworks 
also allow for significant pass-down of unavailability and 
performance risk to subcontractors in many cases, subject 
to credit risk (see below).

In addition, investments in regulated assets are considered very 
long-term by the Company, beyond any individual regulatory 
cycle. This long-term view of such assets takes into account 
the robustness of yield as well as the potential for increases 
in the regulated asset base over time.

The Company, through its Investment Adviser, has sight of 
detailed business continuity plans of its counterparties designed 
to manage services in adverse circumstances. In addition, 
the Company has the ability to pass down certain costs to 
the service providers and can potentially rely on business 
interruption cover where available. 

Residual value assumptions are based on prevailing market 
expectations and where possible recent market evidence. 
The nature of the Company’s assets should provide some 
mitigation to the risk of a reduction in demand for the assets 
at the end of the expected investment holding period.

Layers of control exist across the portfolio designed to mitigate 
cyber security risk as far as possible for the Company and its 
assets. This includes dedicated controls and processes at fund, 
as well as, operational asset levels. The ways in which cyber 
security is further supported through the portfolio includes 
management focus at asset level, use of specialist external IT 
service providers and external controls reviews, for example.

In the event of significant and continuing unavailability across 
the Company’s portfolio, the Company is able to terminate 
the Investment Advisory Agreement. This serves to reinforce 
alignment of interest between the Company and the 
Investment Adviser.

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

55

 
 
 
 
CONTINUOUS RISK MANAGEMENT continUeD

continUoUS riSK management CONTINUED

PORTFOLIO OPERATIONS continUeD

3. COUNTERPARTY RISK

DESCRIPTION

MITIGATION

The Company’s investments are dependent on the performance 
of a series of counterparties to contracts including public 
sector bodies, consortium partners, construction contractors, 
facilities management and maintenance contractors, asset 
and investment managers (including the Investment Adviser), 
banks and lending institutions and others. Failure by one or 
more of these counterparties to perform their obligations fully 
or as anticipated could adversely affect the performance of 
affected investments. There may be disruption or delay to the 
services provided to investments, or replacement counterparties 
(where they can be obtained) may only be obtained at a greater 
cost. This could negatively impact the Company’s cash flows 
and valuation.

The Company has a broad range of suppliers and believes 
that supplier counterparty risk is diversified across its 
investments. All contracts include the provision of a security 
package from counterparties to mitigate the impact of supplier 
failure. Generally payments are made in arrears to service 
providers giving the Company some protection against failures 
in performance.

The credit quality of supplier counterparties is reviewed as 
part of the Company’s due diligence at the time of making 
its investments and for key suppliers on a regular basis.

Most of the services provided to the Company’s investments 
are reasonably well established with a number of competing 
providers. Therefore, there are expectations that there will be 
a pool of potential replacement supplier counterparties in the 
event that a service counterparty fails, albeit not necessarily 
at the same cost.

The Company closely monitors the risk of adverse developments 
occurring in relation to its significant counterparties and develops 
contingency plans as appropriate to ensure risk of counterparty 
failure is minimised.

Where borrowings exist in respect of the Company’s 
investments, interest rates are generally fixed through the use of 
interest rate swaps. The Company is therefore exposed to credit 
deterioration of the counterparties of these swaps.

The credit risk of such swap counterparties is considered at the 
time of entering into these arrangements and is regularly reviewed. 
The Company aims to use reputed financial institutions with good 
credit ratings.

4. PHYSICAL ASSET RISK

DESCRIPTION

MITIGATION

The Company indirectly invests in physical assets used by the 
public and thus is exposed to possible risks, both reputational 
and legal, in the event of damage or destruction to such assets 
and their users, including loss of life, personal injury and property 
damage. While the assets the Company invests in benefit from 
insurance policies, these may not be effective in all cases.

The Company’s investments benefit from regular risk reviews and 
external insurance advice which is intended to ensure that those 
assets continue to benefit from insurance cover that is standard 
for such assets. Health and safety data is monitored across the 
portfolio to highlight any areas of focus and ensure appropriate 
safety measures are in place.

Climate Change
Investments may be subject to extreme weather and changes in 
precipitation and temperature, all of which may result in physical 
damage to assets.

The Company works alongside its Investment Adviser to continue 
its alignment with the recommendations of TCFD. The Company 
has continued to update its investment processes, further 
strengthening climate considerations within investment screening 
and diligence, ensuring these are considered from the earliest 
point in the investment cycle.

56

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

overview

STRATEGIC REPORT

corporate governance

Financial StatementS

PORTFOLIO OPERATIONS continUeD

5. CONTRACT RISK

DESCRIPTION

The performance of the Company’s investments is dependent 
on the complex set of contractual arrangements specific to each 
investment continuing to operate as intended. The Company 
is exposed to the risk that such contracts do not operate as 
intended, are incomplete, contain unanticipated liabilities, are 
subject to interpretation contrary to its expectations or otherwise 
fail to provide the protection or recourse anticipated.

MACROECONOMIC

6. INFLATION

DESCRIPTION

Inflation may be higher or lower than expected. The net cash 
flows from the Company’s investment portfolio are positively 
correlated to inflation. Should actual inflation turn out to be 
higher or lower than the rates assumed by the Company at 
the relevant valuation date, this would be expected to impact 
positively or negatively, respectively, on the Company’s projected 
cash flows.

The level of inflation-linkage across the investments held by 
the Company varies and is not consistent. The consequences 
of higher or lower levels of inflation than that assumed by the 
Company will not be uniform across its portfolio.

The Company is also exposed to the risk of changes to the 
manner in which inflation is calculated by the relevant authorities.

MITIGATION

Such contracts have been entered into, usually only after 
extensive negotiations and with the benefit of external legal 
advice. A legal review of contract documentation is undertaken 
as part of the Company’s due diligence at the time of making 
new investments.

The Company benchmarks its inflation forecasts to credible 
independent sources.

MITIGATION

The Company benchmarks the inflation assumptions used in 
its forecasts to credible independent sources. It also provides 
sensitivities to investors indicating the projected impact on 
the Company’s NAV of alternative inflation scenarios, offering 
investors an ability to anticipate the likely effects alternative 
inflation scenarios may have on their investment.

The Company monitors the effect of inflation on its portfolio 
through its biannual valuation process.

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

57

CONTINUOUS RISK MANAGEMENT continUeD

continUoUS riSK management CONTINUED

MACROECONOMIC continUeD

7. FOREIGN EXCHANGE MOVEMENTS

DESCRIPTION

MITIGATION

A portion of the Company’s investment portfolio has cash flows 
which are denominated in currencies other than Sterling, but 
the Company borrows corporate level debt, reports its NAV 
and pays dividends in Sterling. Changes in the rates of foreign 
currency exchange are outside the Company’s control and may 
impact positively or negatively on cash flows and valuation.

The Company uses forward foreign exchange contracts to 
mitigate the risk of short-term volatility in foreign exchange rates 
on the Sterling value of cash flows from overseas investments. 
These may not be fully effective and rely on the strength of the 
counterparties to those contracts to be enforceable.

The Company monitors the effect of foreign exchange on its 
portfolio through its biannual valuation process and reports this 
to investors. The Company also provides sensitivities to investors 
indicating the projected impact on the NAV of a limited number 
of alternative foreign exchange scenarios, offering investors the 
ability to anticipate the likely effects of some foreign exchange 
scenarios on their investment. The Company continues to be 
mindful of the potential for exchange rate volatility in light of 
international economic and political change. The Company notes 
that a devaluation of Sterling against the relevant currencies would 
typically have a positive impact on the NAV. The opposite would 
be true for an increase in the value of Sterling.

58

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

overview

STRATEGIC REPORT

corporate governance

Financial StatementS

MACROECONOMIC continUeD

8. INTEREST RATES

DESCRIPTION

The Company is monitoring the potential impacts of increased 
inflation on interest rates.

MITIGATION

Changes in market rates of interest can affect the Company in a variety of different ways:

Valuation Discount Rate
Changes in market rates of interest (particularly government 
bond yields) may directly impact the discount rate used to 
value the Company’s future projected cash flows and thus its 
valuation. Higher discount rates will have a negative impact 
on valuation while lower rates will have a positive impact.

Corporate Debt Facility
Floating rate interest is charged on the CDF, so higher than 
anticipated interest rates will increase the cost of this facility.

Underlying portfolio considerations
Portfolio entities typically choose or can be required to hold 
various cash balances. The Company assumes that it will 
earn interest on such deposits over the long-term. Changes in 
interest rates may mean that the actual interest receivable by 
the Company is different to that projected.

Certain assets within the portfolio contain refinancing 
assumptions. Increases in lending rates available to these 
projects would have the potential to increase their cost 
of financing and therefore impact the overall returns from 
these assets.

In determining the discount rates used to value its investments, 
the Company generally uses nominal government bond yields 
to which specific investment risk premia are added to determine 
the overall discount rates. The investment risk premia may 
provide a buffer against rising bond yields assuming market 
demand for investment is sustained. Higher interest rates can 
often be precipitated by higher inflation expectations, and 
therefore any inflation-linkage (as noted above) may partly 
mitigate the effect of interest rate changes.

In the event that the interest rate increases, the Company has 
the option of repaying its CDF at any time with minimal notice, 
providing sufficient funds are available. The CDF remains 
available until June 2025. The facility is £400 million in size 
(including a £50 million uncommitted ‘accordion’) compared to 
a current investment portfolio valuation of c.£2.9 billion. As at the 
date of the Report, the CDF remains undrawn.

As presented in the sensitivity analysis, variations in cash deposit 
rates have little impact on the Company’s NAV. The Company 
monitors the effect of historical and projected interest rates on 
its portfolio through its biannual valuation process and reports 
this to investors. The risk of adverse movements in debt interest 
rates for unhedged debt within regulated entities is limited through 
protections provided by the regulatory regime; however, the 
Company may potentially be exposed to interest rate risk on 
debt outside of the regulatory structure.

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

59

 
 
CONTINUOUS RISK MANAGEMENT continUeD

continUoUS riSK management CONTINUED

REGULATION AND COMPLIANCE

9. LAW AND REGULATION

DESCRIPTION

MITIGATION

Change in law or regulation
Changes in law or regulation may increase costs of operating 
and maintaining facilities or impose other costs or obligations 
that indirectly adversely affect the Company’s cash flow from its 
investments and/or valuation of them.

Transition to net zero
In 2019, the UK Government committed to the net zero target 
as recommended by the Climate Change Committee. Reaching 
net zero GHG emissions requires extensive changes across 
the economy. Major infrastructure decisions need to be made 
in the near future. These changes are unprecedented in their 
overall scale and therefore may impact the use case of a variety 
of infrastructure including altering the way infrastructure is 
operated and utilised.

Some investments maintain a reserve or contingency designed 
to meet a change in law costs and/or have a mechanism to allow 
some change in law costs (typically building maintenance related) 
to be passed back to the public sector. The possibility remains for 
there to be changes in law or regulation (including, for example, in 
relation to climate change) that have the potential to impact costs or 
obligations of the Company or portfolio projects, which may not be 
fully capable of mitigation. The Company closely monitors changes 
in laws and regulations to ensure that the Company remains 
compliant with its obligations and minimises cost exposures 
wherever possible.

A large portion of the Company’s investments are availability type 
assets where the cash flows are based on making the asset available 
in a pre-agreed manner. The cash flows from such investments are 
largely insulated from the impacts of the transition to net zero.

The changes arising from a transition to a low-carbon economy 
have the potential to be wide-ranging, including adapting to 
decarbonisation of heat, increased electrification of transportation 
and other systems previously dependent on fossil fuels, and 
decarbonisation of construction. It is expected infrastructure will 
continue to play a key role in the transition to a low-carbon economy. 
The Company believes the portfolio to be well placed for the transition 
to net zero.

10. TAX

DESCRIPTION

Change in tax rates
Rates of tax, both in the UK and overseas jurisdictions in which 
the Company operates, may increase in the future if government 
policy were to change.

Change in tax legislation
Changes in tax legislation across the multiple jurisdictions 
in which the Company has investments can reduce returns, 
impacting on the Company’s future cash flow returns and 
hence valuation (calculated on a discounted cash flow basis).

MITIGATION

The Company typically incorporates tax rates changes within its 
forecast cash flows once substantively enacted, or where there is 
a reasonable expectation of substantial enactment shortly after the 
valuation date and continuously monitors for changes in tax rates.

The Company takes a cautious approach to tax planning. 
The Board monitors changes in tax legislation and takes advice 
as appropriate from external, independent, qualified advisers. 
While the Board and the Company’s Investment Adviser seek 
to minimise the impact of adverse changes in tax requirements, 
its ability to do so is naturally limited.

60

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

 
 
 
 
overview

STRATEGIC REPORT

corporate governance

Financial StatementS

CENTRAL OPERATIONS

11. FINANCIAL FORECASTS

DESCRIPTION

MITIGATION

The Company’s projections depend on the use of financial 
models to calculate its future projected investment returns. 
There may be errors in any of these financial models, including 
calculation, input, logic, and output errors. Once corrected, 
such errors may lead to a revision in projected cash flows 
and thus impact valuation.

The financial forecasts of certain operating infrastructure 
businesses can have more variability than contracted 
concessions, given the wider range of variables that apply 
and are therefore inherently more difficult to forecast accurately.

Sensitivities
The Company publishes information relating to its portfolio 
including projections of how portfolio performance and valuation 
might be impacted by changes in various factors e.g. interest 
rates, inflation rates, deposit rates, etc. The sensitivity analysis 
and projections are not forecasts and actual performance 
is likely to differ (possibly significantly) from that projection 
as in practice the impact of changes to such factors will be 
unlikely to apply evenly across the portfolio or in isolation from 
other factors.

The financial models used to generate financial forecasts 
are generally subject to model audit by external professional 
service firms, which is a process designed to identify errors. 
The comparison of past actual performance of investments 
against past projected performance also gives confidence 
in financial models where actual performance has closely 
matched projected performance. However, there can be 
no assurance that forecasts will be realised, particularly in 
relation to operational infrastructure businesses where more 
variables apply.

Investments in regulated businesses are considered very long-
term, beyond the much shorter regulatory cycles. Valuations of 
such businesses should take into account robustness of yield 
and potential for increases in regulated asset base over time.

Financial models are managed by a dedicated team with a 
background in financial modelling and experience of managing 
models in a manner that seeks to minimise the risk of error.

Sensitivities are produced for the information of relevant 
stakeholders and are accompanied by disclaimers and guidance 
explaining that limited reliance can be placed upon them.

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

61

 
CONTINUOUS RISK MANAGEMENT continUeD

continUoUS riSK management CONTINUED

The viability assessment is approved by the Board. Following 
the assessment, the Board has a reasonable expectation that 
the Company will be able to continue in operation and meet all 
of its liabilities as they fall due up to March 2029. This assessment 
is based on the following assumptions which are not within the 
Company’s control:

 – No significant changes to government policy, tax, laws and 

regulations affecting the Company or its investments other than 
the impacts already factored into future cash flows as part of the 
31 December 2023 NAV valuation; and

 – Continued availability of sufficient capital and market liquidity to 
allow for refinancing/repayment of any short-term recourse debt 
facility obligations as they become due, including in relation to the 
Company’s debt facility which remains available until June 2025

MIKE GERRARD
CHAIR
27 March 2024

JOHN LE POIDEVIN
DIRECTOR
27 March 2024

VIABILITY STATEMENT
In accordance with provision 31 of the 2018 revision of the UK Code 
of Corporate Governance, we have considered the Company’s 
viability as summarised below. Due to the long-term and/or 
contractual nature of our investments, we have a significant level 
of confidence over the endurance and longevity of our business; 
however, it is difficult to assess the regulatory, tax and political 
environment on a long-term basis. Whilst we consider the valuation 
of investment cash flows for the purposes of the NAV over a 
considerably longer period than five years, we view five years as 
an appropriate timeframe for assessing the Company’s viability 
given these inherent uncertainties.

The viability assessment process is embedded within the 
Company’s annual risk review cycle and involves the following:

1 

2 

3 

4 

 An Audit and Risk Committee review and assessment of the 
risks facing the Company. A summary of the review process 
is detailed on page 53;

 Identification of those principal risks that are deemed more 
likely to occur and have a potential impact on the Company’s 
viability over the viability period. This exercise has included 
consideration of: a persistent low inflation rate environment 
(noting that a high-rate environment would typically be positive 
for the Company’s investment cash flows given the linkage of 
revenues to inflation across many investments); large currency 
fluctuations impacting on receipts from overseas investments; 
and the impact of the loss of income from investments 
(whether due to key subcontractor default, or other reason for 
underperformance). We note that a number of risks identified 
during the risk review process in step one above may have 
implications for the Company’s valuation but may be considered 
insignificant from a five-year viability perspective;

 Quantification analysis of the potential impact of those principal 
risks occurring in isolation and under plausible combined 
sensitivity scenarios over the viability period;

 Assessment of potential mitigation strategies to mitigate 
the potential impact of principal risks over the viability period. 
This exercise has considered the potential to liquidate 
investments and/or refinance investments if necessary.

62

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

overview

Strategic report

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Financial StatementS

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
SUMMARY OF INVESTMENT POLICY

OVERVIEW
The Company invests in public or social infrastructure assets 
and related businesses located in the UK, Australia, New Zealand, 
Europe, North America and other parts of the world where the risk 
profile meets the Company’s risk and return requirements.

INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS
The Company’s Investment Policy restricts it from making any 
investment of more than 20% of the total assets in any one 
investment in order to limit the risk of any one investment to 
the overall portfolio.

As a London Stock Exchange listed company, the Company is also 
subject to certain restrictions pursuant to the UKLA Listing Rules.

MANAGING CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
Further investments will continue to be sourced by the Investment 
Adviser, Amber Fund Management Limited. Some of these 
investments will have been originated and developed by, and 
in certain cases may be acquired from, members of the Amber 
Infrastructure Group.

The Company has established detailed procedures to deal with 
conflicts of interest that may arise and manage conduct in respect 
of any such acquisition. The Corporate Governance Report sets out 
more details on the conflicts management process. 

FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT
The Company may also make prudent use of leverage to enhance 
returns to investors, to finance the acquisition of investments in the 
short-term and to satisfy working capital requirements.

Under the Company’s Articles, outstanding borrowings at the 
Company level, including any financial guarantees to support 
subscription obligations in relation to investments, are limited to 
50% of the Gross Asset Value (‘GAV’) of the Company’s investments 
and cash balances. The Company has the ability to borrow in 
aggregate up to 66% of such GAV on a short-term basis (i.e. less 
than 365 days) if considered appropriate. Details of the Company’s 
CDF can be found on page 28.

CHANGES TO INVESTMENT POLICY
Material changes to the Investment Policy summarised in this 
section may only be made by ordinary resolution of the shareholders 
in accordance with the UK Listing Rules.

The Company has a long-term view and invests in operational and 
construction phase assets for the life of the asset or concession, 
or under a licence issued by a regulator, unless there is a strategic 
rationale for earlier realisation. The Company seeks to enhance 
the capital value and the income derived from its investments 
to optimise returns for its investors. 

As noted elsewhere in this Report, the Board regularly reviews 
the overall composition of the portfolio to ensure it remains aligned 
with the Company’s investment objectives, including considering 
both investment and divestment as part of overall capital allocation 
considerations. 

The Company has a long-standing Investment Policy that has been 
adopted and approved by its shareholders which informs its overall 
approach to capital allocation. The Policy is summarised below 
and available in full at www.internationalpublicpartnerships.com.

INVESTMENT PARAMETERS
Maintaining the performance of the existing portfolio is the 
Company’s key focus. However, it will also take the following 
into account:

 – Investments with characteristics similar to the existing portfolio;

 – Investments in other assets or concessions or regulated 

businesses having a public or social infrastructure character 
with either availability, property rental or user paid payment 
mechanisms or appropriate regulatory frameworks;

 – Investments in infrastructure assets or concessions characterised 
by high barriers to entry and expected to generate an attractive 
total rate of return over the life of the investment;

 – Divestments where an investment is no longer aligned with the 
Company’s investment objectives or where circumstances offer 
an opportunity to enhance the value of the portfolio

PORTFOLIO COMPOSITION
The Company will, over the long-term, maintain a spread of 
investments both geographically and across industry sectors in 
order to achieve a broad balance of risk in the Company’s portfolio. 
The Company does not currently expect to invest to any material 
extent in infrastructure projects located in non-OECD countries in 
the foreseeable future. 

Asset allocation will depend on the maturity of the local 
infrastructure investment market, wider market conditions and the 
judgement of the Investment Adviser and the Board on the suitability 
of the investment from a risk and return perspective. The Asset 
Management section on pages 22 to 27 has details of the current 
composition of the investment portfolio.

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

63

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

The table below details all Directors of the Company at the date of this Report.

MIKE GERRARD
Board Chair

JULIA BOND
Chair, ESG Committee

STEPHANIE COXON
Chair, Nomination and 
Remuneration Committee

SALLY-ANN DAVID
Chair, Risk Sub-Committee

DATE OF APPOINTMENT:
4 September 2018

DATE OF APPOINTMENT:
1 September 2017

DATE OF APPOINTMENT:
1 January 2022

DATE OF APPOINTMENT:
10 January 2020

BACKGROUND AND EXPERIENCE
A resident of the UK, Mike has 
over 40 years of financial and 
management experience in 
global infrastructure investment. 
He has held a number of senior 
positions, including as an 
assistant director of Morgan 
Grenfell plc, a director of HM 
Treasury Taskforce, deputy CEO 
and later CEO of Partnerships 
UK Plc and, later, a managing 
director of Thames Water 
Utilities Limited. 

Mike has a breadth of 
experience across a range 
of economic and social 
infrastructure sectors and has 
been involved in some of the 
largest infrastructure projects 
in the UK. He is a Fellow of the 
Institution of Civil Engineers. 

LISTED COMPANY AND OTHER  
RELEVANT DIRECTORSHIPS
Mike holds no other listed 
company positions but holds 
several non-executive positions 
within boards and committees 
that oversee the development 
and delivery of infrastructure 
investments in the UK 
and Europe.

BACKGROUND AND EXPERIENCE
A resident of the UK, Julia has 
over 25 years’ experience of 
capital markets in the financial 
sector and held senior positions 
within Credit Suisse, including 
Head of One Bank Delivery 
and Global Head of Sovereign 
Wealth funds activity. 

BACKGROUND AND EXPERIENCE
A resident of Guernsey, 
Stephanie is a Fellow of 
the Institute of Chartered 
Accountants in England and 
Wales and is a non-executive 
director on several London 
listed companies. 

Prior to becoming a non-
executive director, Stephanie 
led the investment trust capital 
markets team at PwC for 
the UK and Channel Islands. 
During her time at PwC, 
Stephanie specialised in 
advising FTSE 250 and premium 
London-listed companies 
on accounting, corporate 
governance, risk management 
and strategic matters. 

BACKGROUND AND EXPERIENCE
A resident of Guernsey, 
Sally-Ann has over 35 years 
of experience in infrastructure 
projects in the energy sector, 
including international offshore 
transmission systems 
and the challenges of the 
energy transition. 

Having held senior positions 
within the power utility arena, 
Sally-Ann was a Director of 
Guernsey Electricity Ltd, and 
latterly the Chief Operating 
Officer for over 12 years.  
She is a Chartered Engineer 
and Chartered Director. 

LISTED COMPANY AND OTHER  
RELEVANT DIRECTORSHIPS
 – Impax Asset Management
 – Foreign, Commonwealth & 

Development Office (‘FCDO’) 
 – Strategic Command Ministry 

of Defence (‘MoD’)

LISTED COMPANY AND OTHER  
RELEVANT DIRECTORSHIPS
 – PPHE Hotel Group Limited 
 – JLEN Environmental Assets 

Group Limited 

 – Apax Global Alpha Limited 
 – Board member of 
The Association of 
Investment Companies 

LISTED COMPANY AND OTHER  
RELEVANT DIRECTORSHIPS
 – Guernsey Electricity Ltd (resigned 

on 16 September 2023) 

 – Channel Islands Electricity Grid 
 – European Marine Energy 

Centre Ltd 

 – M&G Guernsey Ltd
 – M&G Offshore Corporate Bond
 – Sally-Ann is also a director of 

a health-related charity 

All of the independent directors are members of all Committees with the exception of Mike Gerrard, who is not a member of the Audit and Risk Committee. Giles Frost is a non-independent director.

64

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
overview

Strategic report

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Financial StatementS

COMMITTEE MEMBERSHIP KEY:

  Audit and Risk 
Committee

  ESG Committee

  Investment Committee

  Management Engagement 
Committee

  Nomination & 
Remuneration 
Committee

  Risk Sub-Committee

MERIEL LENFESTEY
Chair, Management 
Engagement Committee 

JOHN LE POIDEVIN
Chair, Audit and Risk Committee, 
Senior Independent Director 

GILES FROST

DATE OF APPOINTMENT:
10 January 2020

DATE OF APPOINTMENT:
1 January 2016

DATE OF APPOINTMENT:
2 August 2006

BACKGROUND AND EXPERIENCE
A resident of Guernsey, Meriel 
has 28 years of multi-sector 
business experience.

BACKGROUND AND EXPERIENCE
A resident of Guernsey, 
John has over 30 years of 
business experience.

John is a Fellow of the Institute 
of Chartered Accountants 
in England and Wales and a 
former partner of BDO LLP, 
where he held a number of 
leadership roles, including Head 
of Consumer Markets, where he 
developed an extensive breadth 
of experience and knowledge 
across the real estate, leisure 
and retail sectors in the UK 
and overseas.

John is a non-executive 
director on several Plc boards 
and also chairs a number of 
audit committees.

LISTED COMPANY AND OTHER  
RELEVANT DIRECTORSHIPS
 – BH Macro Limited 
 – TwentyFour Income 

Fund Limited 

 – Super Group (‘SGHC’) Limited

With a background in human-
centred design for technology, 
she brings a strategic end-
user focus and a broad set 
of experiences encompassing 
many sectors and scales of 
organisation ranging from 
her own start-ups through 
global corporations and 
governmental programmes.

LISTED COMPANY AND OTHER  
RELEVANT DIRECTORSHIPS
 – Bluefield Solar Income 

Fund Limited 

 – Ikigai Ventures Limited 
 – Boku, Inc. 
 – Meriel also sits on another 
commercial board; Jersey 
Telecom, and is a committee 
member for the Guernsey 
Institute of Directors 

BACKGROUND AND EXPERIENCE
A resident of the UK, Giles is a 
founder of Amber Infrastructure 
and has worked in the 
infrastructure investments 
sector for over 25 years. 

Giles is chair and a director 
of Amber Infrastructure 
Group Holdings Limited, the 
ultimate holding company 
of the Investment Adviser to 
the Company and various of 
its subsidiaries.

LISTED COMPANY AND OTHER  
RELEVANT DIRECTORSHIPS
Giles is also a director of a 
number of the Company’s 
subsidiary and investment 
holding entities and of other 
entities in which the Company 
has an investment. He does 
not receive directors’ fees 
from these roles.

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

65

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

MIKE GERRARD
CHAIR

INTRODUCTION
The Board of Directors are committed to high standards of 
corporate governance and has put in place a framework for 
corporate governance which it believes is appropriate for an 
investment company that is a constituent of the FTSE 250 and 
FTSE All-Share indices.

The Board is accountable for the overall direction and oversight 
of the Company, for agreeing its strategy, monitoring its financial 
performance, and setting and monitoring its risk appetite.

This section describes how the Company is governed. It explains 
how the Board is organised and operates, including the roles and 
composition of each of its Committees, and provides details on its 
Board members and how they are remunerated. As an investment 
company, the Company has no employees and relies on the 
advice and expertise of its key suppliers, notably its Investment 
Adviser, Amber Fund Management Limited (‘Amber’). This section 
therefore also explains the nature of the Company’s relationship 
with the Investment Adviser, and how this is managed, including 
the remuneration of the Investment Adviser.

COMPLIANCE WITH CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODES 
AND REGULATIONS
The Company has a Premium Listing on the London Stock 
Exchange and is required to confirm its compliance with (or explain 
departures from) the UK Corporate Governance Code (the ‘UK 
Code’). The Company is a member of the Association of Investment 
Companies (the ‘AIC’) and has put in place arrangements to 
comply with the AIC Code which, in accordance with the AIC 
Code, enables it to comply with the UK Code in areas that are of 
specific relevance to investment companies. The Guernsey Financial 
Services Commission (the ‘GFSC’) has confirmed that companies 
that report against the UK Code or AIC Code are deemed to meet 
the Guernsey Code of Corporate Governance. The AIC Code is 
available from the AIC website (www.theaic.co.uk). The UK Code 
is available from the Financial Reporting Council (‘FRC’) website 
(www.frc.org.uk).

As an investment company, most of the Company’s day-to-day 
responsibilities are delegated to third parties. The Company does 
not have any executive directors. The UK Code’s two separate 
principles of setting out the responsibilities of the chief executive 
and disclosing the remuneration of executive directors (Principles G 
and Q of the UK Code) are therefore not applicable.

66

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

overview

Strategic report

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Financial StatementS

Although the Company is registered in Guernsey, in accordance 
with the guidance set out in the AIC code, this Annual Report 
contains a description of how the Directors have considered matters 
set out in Section 172 of the UK Companies Act 2006 in relation 
to stakeholder engagement and the success of the Company. 
See pages 48 to 49 for more information.

During the year, the Company was subject to the UK Packaged 
Retail and Insurance-based Investment Product (‘PRIIPs’) 
Regime (‘the Regulation’). In accordance with the requirements 
of the Regulation, the Company published and updated its 
three-page Key Information Document (‘KID’) on 7 September 
2023. The KID is available on the Company’s website, 
https://www.internationalpublicpartnerships.com/investors/reports-
and-publications, and will be updated following the publication 
of the Company’s financial results, in accordance with the 
amendments required by the Regulation and thereafter at least 
every 12 months.

BOARD AND COMMITTEES
The Board sets the strategy for the Company and makes decisions 
on changes to the portfolio (including approval of acquisitions, 
disposals and valuations). Through Committees, and the use of 
external independent advisers, it manages risk and governance of 
the Company. The Board has a majority of independent directors – 
currently six of the seven directors are independent. 

BOARD OF DIRECTORS
The Board of Directors currently consists of seven non-executive 
directors, whose biographies, on pages 64 to 65, demonstrate 
a breadth of investment and business experience. 

The Board is chaired by Mike Gerrard, who was considered to 
be independent upon appointment and remains independent 
throughout his term of service for the purposes of the AIC Code. 

For the purposes of the AIC Code, Giles Frost is not treated 
as being an independent director, due to his relationship with 
the Company’s Investment Adviser. In accordance with the AIC 
Code, all other non-executive directors were independent of the 
Company’s Investment Adviser on appointment to the Board 
and continue to remain so. 

BOARD TENURE AND RE-ELECTION
Directors do not have service contracts. Directors are appointed 
under letters of appointment, copies of which are available at the 
registered office of the Company. All Directors offer themselves for 
re-election on an annual basis. The Board considers its composition 
and succession planning on an ongoing basis. In accordance with 
the AIC Code, when and if any Director has been in office (or on re-
election would at the end of that term of office have been in office) 
for more than nine years, the Company will consider further whether 
there is a risk that such a director might reasonably be deemed to 
have lost independence through such long service.

As part of the ongoing succession planning process, 
John Le Poidevin is due to step down as Chair of the Audit and 
Risk Committee at the upcoming AGM in May 2024 and Stephanie 
Coxon will be appointed to this role. John has led this committee 
with great skill and dedication since 2018, for which the Board 
thanks him warmly on your behalf. Following this Committee 
change, there will also be changes to the other Committees, 
as detailed on page 71.

Following nine years of service, John will retire from the Board 
at the 2025 AGM and the process of recruiting a new director 
is already underway.

DIRECTORS’ DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES
The Directors have adopted a set of Reserved Powers, 
which establish the key purpose of the Board and detail 
its major duties and is available on the Company’s website, 
www.internationalpublicpartnerships.com. 

These reserved powers of the Board have been adopted by the 
Directors to demonstrate clearly the importance with which the 
Board takes its fiduciary responsibilities and as an ongoing means 
of measuring and monitoring the effectiveness of its actions. 

The Board monitors the Company’s share price and NAV and 
regularly considers ways in which shareholder value may be 
enhanced. These may include implementing marketing and 
investor relations activities, appropriate management of share price 
premium/discount and the relative positioning and performance 
of the Company to its competitors. The Board is also responsible 
for safeguarding the assets of the Company and for taking 
reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of fraud and 
other irregularities.

The Board recognises the important role the Company’s portfolio 
investments have in supporting the communities they serve. 
To ensure that they fully appreciate the impact of the investments, 
the Board undertakes regular visits to the Company’s assets and, 
during 2023, visited a number of the Company’s investments, 
which facilitate education, offer safe and affordable travel, and 
deliver leading health services and research.

Individual directors may, at the expense of the Company, seek 
independent professional advice on any matter that concerns 
them in the furtherance of their duties. The Company maintains 
appropriate Directors’ and Officers’ liability insurance in respect 
of legal action against its directors on an ongoing basis and the 
Company has maintained appropriate cover throughout the year.

All new directors receive introductory support and education about 
the infrastructure sector, and the Company, from the Investment 
Adviser upon joining the Board and, in consultation with the Board 
Chair, all directors are entitled to receive other relevant ongoing 
training as necessary.

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

67

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT continUeD

BOARD DIVERSITY
The Board is committed to maintaining the appropriate balance of 
skills, gender, knowledge and experience among its members to 
ensure strong leadership of the Company. The Board currently has 
four female directors, making the gender balance 57% female and 
43% male. Currently, four of the sub-committee Chair positions are 
all held by female directors. In addition, post-year end, the Company 
was ranked 21st in the ‘FTSE 350’s Investment Trust Rankings 
2023 Women on Boards only.

BOARD REMUNERATION 
The Nomination and Remuneration Committee considers matters 
relating to the Directors’ remuneration, taking into account 
benchmark information (including fees paid to directors of 
comparable companies). All fees payable to the Directors should 
also reflect the time spent by the Directors on the Company’s affairs 
and the responsibilities borne by the Directors and be sufficient to 
attract, retain and motivate Directors of a quality required to run the 
Company successfully.

The Nomination and Remuneration Committee conducted an 
internal assessment of Board remuneration. The internal review of 
the remuneration policy undertaken benchmarked the Company’s 
position against listed peer funds in the core infrastructure and wider 
infrastructure sector. The inflationary landscape, time commitment 
of the Directors during the year under review and additional 
responsibilities placed on certain Board members were considered. 
Accordingly, and with effect from 1 January 2024, the Board is 
recommending that shareholders approve the remuneration levels 
proposed in the comparative table set out below.

Position

Board Chair
Director (Independent and Non-
Independent)
Audit and Risk Committee Chair1
Senior Independent Director1
Risk Sub-Committee Chair1
Management Engagement 
Committee Chair1
Nomination and Remuneration 
Committee Chair1
ESG Committee Chair1

2024  
Fee P.A. 
£

2023  
Fee P.A. 
£

106,500

101,400

59,000
17,700
4,000
3,500

56,200
16,800
3,800
3,250

3,500

3,250

3,500
5,600

3,250
5,350

1  These are additional fees payable to Directors chairing a committee.

The Board always appoints individuals on merit considering a 
balance of skills, qualities and experience that the Board feels 
are important to function, enhance and grow as a FTSE 250 
board. The Board strongly believes that diversity of backgrounds, 
perspectives and insights is a critical tenet of dynamic and robust 
decision making and is keen to enhance the diversity of its 
composition including consideration of potential candidates with 
the appropriate skills and experience for whom this would be their 
first appointment as a non-executive director of a listed company. 
With this critical tenet in mind, the Board is further committed to 
complying with the FCA Listing Rules (which in turn is in line with a 
similar recommendation of the Parker Review committee) that each 
FTSE 250 board have at least one director from an ethnic minority 
background for accounting periods starting on or after 1 April 2022.

As an externally managed investment company with no chief 
executive officer (‘CEO’) or chief financial officer (‘CFO’), the roles 
which qualify as senior under FCA guidance are Chair and Senior 
Independent Director (‘SID’). The Board also considers the Audit 
Committee Chair to represent a senior role within this context. 
At 31 December 2023, the Board met the target on the percentage 
that are women, but not on ethnic diversity criteria and senior 
roles. The Board is currently well advanced with its recruitment 
process and expects that the Company will comply with relevant 
diversity targets by the end of the calendar year. The following 
table sets out the required information on diversity and inclusion, 
reflecting on the gender and ethnic background of the Board as 
at 31 December 2023 in accordance with the requirements of 
the Listing Rules. The information has been self-provided by the 
individuals concerned. The questions asked were: “Which gender 
do you identify by” and “Which of the FCA ethnicity groups do you 
consider yourself to fall within?”.

Male
Female

White British or other White 
(including white minority groups)

Number 
of Board 
Members

Percentage 
of the  
Board 

Number 
of Senior 
Positions

3
4

7

43%
57%

100%

2
0

2

68

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

overview

Strategic report

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Financial StatementS

There are no long-term incentive schemes provided by the 
Company and no performance fees, or bonuses paid to directors. 
Any changes to directors’ aggregate remuneration are considered 
at the AGM of the Company.

DIRECTORS’ INTERESTS
Directors who held office at 31 December 2023, had the following 
interests in the shares of the Company:

Director

Mike Gerrard
Julia Bond
Stephanie Coxon
Sally-Ann David
Meriel Lenfestey
John Le Poidevin
Giles Frost2

31 December 
2023 
Number of 
Ordinary 
Shares1

31 December 
2022  
Number of 
Ordinary 
Shares1

279,789
114,694
10,000
30,303
25,142
327,898
971,676

243,447
106,542
10,000
30,303
25,142
327,898
971,676

1  All shares are beneficially held.
2  Holds some shares through a personal investment company.

There have been no changes to the holdings of existing directors 
between 31 December 2023 and the date of this Report.

Director

Mike Gerrard
Julia Bond
Stephanie Coxon
Sally-Ann David
Meriel Lenfestey
John Le Poidevin
Giles Frost1

2023 Fees  
£ 

2022 Fees 
£

101,400
61,550
59,450
59,450
59,450
76,800
56,200

98,600
60,619
55,356
55,825
55,356
71,655
53,500

1  The emoluments for Giles Frost are paid to his employer Amber Infrastructure Limited, 

a related company of the Company’s Investment Adviser.

Giles Frost is also a director of a number of other companies 
in which the Company directly or indirectly has an investment, 
although he does not control or receive remuneration in relation 
to these entities.

In addition to the director fees above, John Le Poidevin served 
as a director to four Luxembourg subsidiary entities of International 
Public Partnerships and was entitled to fees of £11,025 in total 
for the year ended 31 December 2023. The Nomination and 
Remuneration Committee recommended an increase to £3,310 
per entity for 2024.

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

69

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT continUeD

COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD 
The Board has established five Committees consisting of the independent non-executive directors. The responsibilities of these Committees 
are described below. Terms of reference for each committee have been approved by the Board and are available on the Company’s website 
(www.internationalpublicpartnerships.com). In addition to the Chair of the Board, a Senior Independent Director is appointed as an alternative 
point of contact for shareholders and leads on matters where it is not appropriate for the Chair to do so.

BOARD 
Responsibilities
 – Statutory obligations and public disclosure 

 – Sets overall strategy for investments

 – Strategic matters and financial reporting 

 – Board composition and accountability to shareholders 

AUDIT AND RISK COMMITTEE 
Delegated responsibilities 
 – Monitor the integrity of financial statements 

 – Review the effectiveness and internal control policies and 
procedures over financial reporting and identification, 
assessment and reporting of risk 

 – Review the effectiveness of the Company’s risk 

management framework, including in relation to the 
Investment Policy and the risk management procedures  
of the Investment Manager and other third-party providers 

 – Review the Company’s financial and accounting policies 

 – Advise the Board on appointment of the external auditor 
and responsible for oversight and remuneration of the 
external auditor

 – Risk assessment and management including reporting 

compliance, monitoring, governance and control 

 – Responsible for financial statements 

MANAGEMENT ENGAGEMENT COMMITTEE 
Delegated responsibilities 
 – Review on a regular basis the performance of the 

Investment Adviser and the Company’s other advisers 
and major service suppliers to ensure that performance 
is satisfactory and in accordance with the terms and 
conditions of the respective appointments 

 – Review the terms of the Investment Advisory Agreement 
and recommend any changes considered necessary 

 – Ensure there are no conflicts of interest between 

service partners

INVESTMENT COMMITTEE 
Delegated responsibilities 
 – Review investment and divestment proposals, including 

ensuring that proposals are properly prepared and that the 
approval process has been followed 

 – Ensure proposals are compliant with the Company’s 

Investment Policy and strategy 

 – Ensure that proposals do not breach Articles of Incorporation, 

Prospectus or other constitutional documents 

 – Determine whether proposals are appropriate for 
investment or divestment and then, assuming the 
opportunity is approved, authorise the Investment Adviser 
to enact the transaction 

NOMINATION AND REMUNERATION COMMITTEE 
Delegated responsibilities 
 – Undertake annual Board performance evaluation 

 – Review remuneration of the Board and its Committees 

 – Review, and change as necessary, structure, size and 

composition of the Board 

 – Identify and appoint suitable Board candidates as 

vacancies arise and ensure succession planning is in place 

 – Articulate the roles of the Chair and Non-Executive 

Directors 

 – Conduct induction training for new Board members 

ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE COMMITTEE 
Delegated responsibilities
 – Review the Company’s ESG policies, principles 

 – Challenge the implementation of ESG policies through 

and standards 

 – Provide strategic advice to the Board on ESG-related 

matters and policies 

the investment and divestment approval process 

 – Provide a forum in which the Board and Investment 
Adviser can discuss and share ideas in relation to 
evolving ESG-related initiatives 

70

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

overview

Strategic report

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Financial StatementS

AUDIT AND RISK COMMITTEE 
The Audit and Risk Committee is comprised of the full Board, with 
the exception of Mike Gerrard as Board Chair and Giles Frost as the 
Non-Independent Director. However, Mike Gerrard and Giles Frost 
routinely attend meetings of the Audit and Risk Committee 
as observers.

John Le Poidevin is the current Chair of the Audit and Risk 
Committee and Sally-Ann David is the current Chair of the Risk 
Sub-Committee. In line with the Board’s succession plan, it is the 
intention that Stephanie Coxon will become the Chair of the Audit 
and Risk Committee following the 2024 AGM.

The duties of the Audit and Risk Committee in discharging its 
responsibilities are outlined in the Audit and Risk Committee Report 
on pages 75 to 77.

In respect of its risk management function, the Audit and Risk 
Committee, through the separately convened Risk Sub-Committee, 
is also responsible for reviewing the Company’s risk management 
function and framework, in relation to the Investment Policy of the 
Company, including the acquisition and disposal of assets, the 
valuation of assets and ensuring that the risk management function 
of the Investment Adviser, Administrator and other third-party 
service providers are adequate and to seek assurance of the same. 

The Audit and Risk Committee formally reviews the Company’s 
overall approach to risk management on an annual basis and its 
risk register on at least a quarterly basis. Topics considered during 
the year can be found in the Audit and Risk Committee Report on 
pages 75 to 77. The Committee is satisfied that the key risks that 
could impact the Company and its investments were effectively 
mitigated and reported upon and were broadly in line with those 
of the Company’s relevant industry peers.

INVESTMENT COMMITTEE
The Investment Committee is comprised of the full Board, with the 
exception of Giles Frost as the Non-Independent Director, and is 
chaired by Mike Gerrard, as Chair of the Company. 

The Committee considers proposals relating to the acquisition 
and disposal of investments and, if thought fit, approves those 
proposals. Details of the transactions completed during the year 
are outlined on pages 16 to 17 of this Annual Report. 

MANAGEMENT ENGAGEMENT COMMITTEE
The Management Engagement Committee is comprised of the full 
Board, with the exception of Giles Frost as the Non-Independent 
Director; it is chaired by Meriel Lenfestey. It is the intention that 
Julia Bond will become the Chair of the Management Engagement 
Committee following the 2024 AGM. The duties of the Management 
Engagement Committee in discharging its responsibilities are 
outlined in the diagram on page 70. 

The Management Engagement Committee carries out its review 
of the Company’s advisers through consideration of objective 
and subjective criteria and through a review of the terms and 
conditions of the advisers’ appointments, with the aim of evaluating 
performance, identifying any weaknesses and ensuring value for 
money for the Company’s shareholders.

During the year, the Management Engagement Committee 
reviewed the Investment Adviser Agreement and concluded that 
no substantial changes were required. Furthermore, the Committee 
formally reviewed the performance of the Investment Adviser 
and other key service providers to the Company and no material 
weaknesses were identified. Overall, the Committee confirmed its 
satisfaction with the services and advice received. 

NOMINATION AND REMUNERATION COMMITTEE
The Nomination and Remuneration Committee is comprised of the 
full Board, with the exception of Giles Frost as the Non-Independent 
Director; it is chaired by Stephanie Coxon. It is the intention that 
Sally-Ann David will become the Chair of the Nomination and 
Remuneration Committee following the 2024 AGM. The Committee 
is formally charged by the Board to consider the structure, size, 
remuneration, skills and composition of the Board. This includes 
its diversity and inclusion development in line with the Company’s 
responsible investment objective and management of material 
ESG factors, ensuring diversity is strongly reflected at Board level 
as outlined on page 68. It also oversees the appointment and 
reappointment of directors, taking into account the expertise and 
diversity of the candidates and their independence (see page 70 
for more detail on the Committee).

In accordance with the UK Corporate Governance Code 
required for listed companies of the premium segment of the 
London Stock Exchange, the Company undertakes an externally 
facilitated evaluation every three years. During 2023, an externally 
facilitated evaluation was undertaken by Fletcher Jones Limited 
who are independent from the Board and the individual directors. 
Each Board member completed a survey and attended a meeting 
with the lead evaluator, who additionally observed two board 
committee meetings and a quarterly board meeting. Furthermore, 
the lead evaluator met with the Investment Adviser, the Company’s 
Broker and the Company Secretary. A report of the findings of 
the review was presented and considered by the Nomination 
and Remuneration Committee. No material issues were identified, 
and the independent review concluded that the Board operated 
well, with skill and focus and in a harmonious and supportive 
manner. A small number of areas were identified for further focus, 
including succession planning, meeting structure and adviser 
attendance. The Board welcomed all recommendations provided 
by Fletcher Jones and are proceeding accordingly. 

ESG COMMITTEE
The ESG Committee is comprised of the full Board and is chaired 
by Julia Bond. It is intended for Meriel Lenfestey to become Chair 
following the 2024 AGM. The Company’s ESG Committee provides 
a forum for discussion, support and challenge with respect to 
ESG matters, including the adoption of policies by the Company 
in relation to both investments and divestments, as well as Amber’s 
asset management activities and reporting policies. 

The ESG Committee meets at least twice a year and supports the 
Board in managing the Company’s ESG performance. Please refer 
to the Company’s Sustainability Report for more information on 
the ESG Committee and workstreams that have been delivered 
during the year.

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

71

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT continUeD

BOARD AND COMMITTEE MEETING ATTENDANCE
The full Board meets at least four times per year and in addition there is regular additional contact between the Board, the Investment 
Adviser, the Administrator and the Company Secretary. The agenda and supporting papers are distributed in advance of quarterly Board 
and Committee meetings to allow time for appropriate review and to facilitate full discussion at the meetings. 

The table below lists Directors’ attendance at Board and Committee meetings during the year. In addition, during the year, two ad-hoc Board 
meetings and two Board Committee meetings1 took place to finalise matters that had been approved in principle at full meetings of the 
Board. Furthermore, two ad-hoc Investment Committee meetings were held during the year in accordance with the terms of the Committee 
to consider investment recommendations prepared by the Investment Adviser.

Directors

Maximum number

Mike Gerrard2
Julia Bond
Stephanie Coxon
Sally-Ann David
Meriel Lenfestey
John Le Poidevin
Giles Frost3

Quarterly  
Board

Audit and Risk 
Committee

ESG  

Committee

Management 
Engagement 
Committee

Nomination and 
Remuneration 
Committee

4

4
4
4
4
4
4
4

5

N/A
5
5
5
5
5
N/A

3

3
3
3
3
3
3
2

2

2
2
2
2
2
2
N/A

4

4
4
4
4
4
4
N/A

1  Board Committee meetings are formed of any two or more members of the Board and do not require full attendance. All members of the Board are appraised of the matters to be discussed 

at the Committee meeting and have the opportunity to raise questions to the Board Chair, Investment Adviser or other advisers, as required.

2  Mike Gerrard is not a member of the Audit and Risk Committee but attended these meetings as an observer.
3  Giles Frost is not a member of the Audit and Risk Committee, Management Engagement Committee, Nomination and Remuneration Committee or the Investment Committee. 

While Giles Frost attended the majority of ad-hoc Board and Committee meetings, as these meetings considered recommendations from the Investment Adviser, his presence does not 
count towards the quorum so has been excluded from this tally.

The Board has reviewed the composition, structure and diversity of 
the Board, succession planning, the independence of the Directors 
and whether each of the Directors has sufficient time available to 
discharge their duties effectively. The Board confirms that it believes 
it has an appropriate mix of skills and backgrounds, that a majority 
of directors should be considered as independent in accordance 
with the provisions of the AIC Code and that all Directors have the 
time available to discharge their duties effectively.

Notwithstanding that a number of the independent directors sit 
on the boards of other listed companies, the Board noted that 
these individuals are exclusively non-executive directors and that 
listed investment companies generally require less day-to-day 
responsibility and time commitment than trading companies. 
Furthermore, the Board noted that attendance at all Board and 
Committee meetings during the year was high by all Directors 
and that each Director has always shown the time commitment 
necessary to fully and effectively discharge their duties as a director.

Accordingly, the Board recommends that shareholders vote in 
favour of the re-election of all Directors at the forthcoming AGM. 
Please refer to page 68 outlining the Board’s approach to diversity 
and re-election.

RELATIONSHIP WITH ADMINISTRATOR 
AND COMPANY SECRETARY
Ocorian Administration (Guernsey) Limited (‘Ocorian’) acts 
as Administrator and Company Secretary and is responsible 
to the Board under the terms of the Administration 
Agreement. Noting that final responsibility lies with the Board, 
the Administrator ensures compliance with Guernsey Company 
Law, London Stock Exchange listing requirements, the regulatory 
requirements of the Guernsey Financial Services Commission, 
anti-money laundering regulations, corporate governance best 
practice and observation of the Reserved Powers of the Board 
and in this respect the Board receives detailed quarterly reports. 
The Directors have access to the advice and services of the 
Company Secretary, who is responsible to the Board for ensuring 
that Board procedures are followed and that it adheres to 
applicable legislation, rules and regulations as referred to above.

RELATIONSHIP WITH THE INVESTMENT ADVISER
The Directors are responsible for the overall management and 
direction of the affairs of the Company. Under the Investment 
Advisory Agreement (‘IAA’), Amber Fund Management Limited 
(a member of the Amber Infrastructure Group Holdings 
Limited group of companies) acts as Investment Adviser to 
the Company to review and monitor current investments and 
to advise the Company in relation to strategic management 
of the investment portfolio.

72

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

overview

Strategic report

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Financial StatementS

CONTRACTUAL ARRANGEMENTS AND FEES
The IAA allows for the provision of investment advisory and certain 
other financial services to the Board. In return, the Investment 
Adviser receives fees based on the GAV and composition of 
the investment portfolio as well as a contribution to expenses. 
The annual base fees are detailed in note 17 to the financial 
statements and calculated at the following rates:

 – 1.2% for that part of the portfolio that bears construction risk 
(i.e. the asset has not fully completed all construction stages 
including any relevant defects period and achieved certification 
by the relevant counterparty and senior lender); 

 – For fully operational assets:

 – 1.2% for the first £750 million of the GAV of the portfolio;

 – 1.0% for that part of the portfolio that exceeds £750 million 

in GAV but is less than £1.5 billion;

 – 0.9% for that part of the portfolio that exceeds £1.5 billion 

in GAV but is less than £2.75 billion;

 – 0.8% per annum where GAV value exceeds £2.75 billion

In addition, the GAV excludes uncommitted cash from 
capital raisings.

The Company has a long-standing relationship with the Investment 
Adviser and the Board believes that the continuation of this 
relationship, on a long-term basis, is in the Company’s best interest. 
The current IAA was renegotiated in 2013 and has a 10-year 
fixed term with a five-year notice period. During the year, the 
Management Engagement Committee reviewed the Investment 
Adviser Agreement and concluded that no substantial changes were 
required. The Board considers that, given the long-term nature of 
the Company’s investments, its responsibility for the detailed day-to-
day delivery of management services and relationships with public 
sector clients, it is important that it benefits from the continuity of 
service provided by a long-term advisory partner. To ensure that 
shareholder interests are protected, termination provisions have 
been put in place to ensure that, in the event of poor investment 
performance, the Company has the flexibility to remove the 
Investment Adviser.

The Investment Adviser is also entitled to receive an asset 
origination fee of 1.5% of the value of new investments acquired 
by the Company. It should be noted that, generally, the Investment 
Adviser bears the risk of abortive transaction origination costs. 

Cash receipts from capital raisings and tap issuances are not 
included in the GAV for the purposes of the calculation of base fees 
until such receipts are invested for the first time.

INVESTMENT APPROVAL PROCESS
As outlined above, the Investment Committee, comprised of 
independent directors of the Company, make decisions with 
respect to new investments or divestments after reviewing 
recommendations made by the Company’s Investment Adviser. 
The Investment Adviser has a detailed set of procedures and 
approval processes in relation to the recommendation it makes 
to the Board.

It is expected that further investments will be sourced by the 
Investment Adviser. It is likely that some of these investments will 
have been originated and developed by, and in certain cases may 
be acquired from, other members of the Investment Adviser’s 
group. Where that is the case, the conflicts management process 
summarised below is followed.

MANAGING CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
The Company has established detailed procedures to deal with 
conflicts of interest that may arise on investments acquired from 
the Investment Adviser’s group and manage conduct in respect 
of any such acquisitions. The Company’s Board has a majority 
of independent members and a Chair who is independent of 
the Investment Adviser. Each Director is required to inform the 
Board of any potential or actual conflicts of interest prior to 
Board discussions.

The potential conflicts of interest that may arise include when 
an Amber entity is an existing investor in the target entity while an 
associated company, AFML, acts on the ‘buyside’ as Investment 
Adviser to the Company. The Investment Advisory Agreement 
contains procedures with the intention of ensuring that the terms 
on which the vendors of such assets dispose of their assets 
are fair and reasonable to the vendors; and on the ‘buyside’ 
the Company as Investment Adviser must be satisfied as to the 
appropriateness of the terms for and the price of the acquisition. 
For more detail on the features of this procedure please refer 
to the Company’s latest prospectus available on the website: 
www.internationalpublicpartnerships.com.

The acquisition of all assets, including those from any associate of 
the Investment Adviser is considered and approved in advance by 
the Investment Committee. In considering any such acquisition, the 
Investment Committee will, as it deems necessary, review and ask 
questions of the Buyside Committee of the Investment Adviser and 
the Group’s other advisers and the acquisition will be approved by 
the Committee on the basis of this advice. The purpose of these 
procedures is to ensure that the terms upon which any investment 
is acquired from a member of the Amber group is on an arm’s 
length basis.

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

73

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT continUeD

RISK MANAGEMENT AND INTERNAL CONTROLS
The Board is responsible for overall risk management with 
delegation provided to the Audit and Risk Committee. The system 
of risk management and internal control has been designed to 
manage, rather than eliminate, the risk of failure to meet the 
business objectives. Regard is given to the materiality of relevant 
risks and therefore the system of internal control cannot provide 
absolute assurance against material misstatement or loss.

This process, which covers the Company and its consolidated 
subsidiaries and therefore the consolidated Group taken as a whole, 
is outlined in further detail in the Risk Report found on pages 50 
to 62.

RELATIONS WITH SHAREHOLDERS 
The Board places great importance on communication with 
shareholders and encourages shareholders to share their views. 
It has responsibility for communication with the investor base and 
is directly involved in major communications and announcements.

The AGM of the Company provides an opportunity for shareholders 
to meet and discuss issues with the Directors and with the 
Investment Adviser of the Company. It is the Board’s policy to 
publish the results of the voting at the AGM via the Regulatory News 
Service (‘RNS’) at the completion of the meeting. 

To promote a clear understanding of the Company, its objectives 
and financial results, the Board aims to ensure that information 
relating to the Company is disclosed in a timely manner. The 
Company’s website (www.internationalpublicpartnerships.com) 
enables investors to easily find publicly disclosed documents 
including Annual Reports and RNS announcements, together 
with additional background information on its assets and corporate 
practice. Investors can register to receive notifications (via email) 
of RNS announcements that the Company issues. The Board 
encourages investors to utilise this useful online resource.

Any shareholder issues of concern, including on corporate 
governance or strategy, can be addressed in writing to the 
Company at its registered office address (see Key Contacts).

The Board receives regular reports on the views of shareholders, 
and the Board Chair and other Directors, including the Senior 
Independent Director, are happy to make themselves available 
to meet shareholders as required. 

MIKE GERRARD
CHAIR
27 March 2024

During the year, the Company held its Results Presentations online, 
but saw an increase in day-to-day investor relations activities being 
held in person. During 2023, the Investment Adviser and members 
of the Board held formal meetings with over 200 shareholders in 
addition to more informal interactions. In addition, the Company 
held two Investor Meet Company webinars to reach its retail 
shareholders. The Company also maintained an active programme 
of sell-side engagement and the Board is informed on a regular 
basis of all relevant market commentary on the Company by the 
Investment Adviser, Administrator and the Company’s Broker. 

Following the year-end, the Company held a Capital Markets Day on 
27 February 2024 which was attended by c.60 institutional investors 
and sell-side analysts. Members of the Board and representatives 
of Amber Infrastructure were in attendance. Agenda items included: 
a market update which also covered the Company’s approach 
to capital allocation; insights on the Company’s approach to 
asset management; the challenges and opportunities presented 
to infrastructure investors by the transition to net zero; a panel 
discussion with representatives from the Company’s portfolio 
investments including Cadent and Angel Trains, and public sector 
representation from the IPA. Recordings from the day are available 
on the Company’s website.

74

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

overview

Strategic report

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Financial StatementS

AUDIT AND RISK COMMITTEE REPORT

JOHN LE POIDEVIN
CHAIR, AUDIT & RISK COMMITTEE

The Audit and Risk Committee (the ‘Committee’ for the purposes 
of this section of the Annual Report) is an essential part of the 
Company’s governance framework. The Board has delegated 
oversight of the Company’s financial reporting, internal controls, 
compliance and external audit to the Committee. The terms of 
reference for the Committee, together with details of the standard 
business considered by the Committee, have been approved 
by the Board and are available on the Company’s website 
(www.internationalpublicpartnerships.com).

The Committee is chaired by John Le Poidevin. An overview of the 
Committee’s work during the year and details of how the Committee 
has discharged its duties are set out below.

COMMITTEE MEETINGS 
The Committee meetings during the year were attended by the 
Investment Adviser and Administrator by invitation. A representative 
of the Company’s external auditor also attended those meetings 
where the annual audit cycle, the Annual Report and financial 
statements and the half-yearly financial report were considered. 

The Audit and Risk Committee is comprised of the full Board, 
with the exception of Mike Gerrard as Board Chair and Giles Frost 
as the Non-Independent Director. All Committee members are 
considered to be appropriately experienced to fulfil their role, having 
significant, recent and relevant financial experience in line with the 
UK Corporate Governance Code. Biographies of the Committee 
members can be found on pages 64 to 65.

COMMITTEE AGENDA
The Committee’s agenda during the year included:

 – Review of the Company’s risk profile, specific risks and mitigation 

practices, including a focus on emerging risks;

 – Review of the effectiveness of the Company’s systems of internal 

control;

 – Review of the regulatory environment within which the 

Company operates;

 – Review of the Committee’s adherence to the FRC’s Audit 

Committees and the External Audit: Minimum Standard, that was 
published during the financial year;

 – Review of the Annual Report and financial statements and 

half-yearly financial report and matters raised by the Investment 
Adviser and the external auditors (including significant financial 
reporting judgements and estimates therein);

 – Review of the appropriateness of the Company’s 

accounting policies;

 – Consideration and challenging of the draft valuation of the 

Company’s investments prepared by the Investment Adviser and 
recommendations made to the Board on the appropriateness 
of the portfolio valuation;

 – Review of the effectiveness, objectivity and independence 

of the external auditors, and the terms of engagement, cost 
effectiveness and the scope of the audit; and

 – Approving the external auditor’s plan for the current year end

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

75

AUDIT AND RISK COMMITTEE REPORT continUeD

KEY ACTIVITIES CONSIDERED DURING THE YEAR 
The Committee undertook the following activities in discharging 
its responsibilities during the year:

The Committee concluded that a consistent valuation methodology 
has been applied throughout the year and any forecast assumptions 
applied were appropriate.

FINANCIAL REPORTING 
The Committee reviewed the Company’s Annual Report and 
financial statements, the half-yearly financial report and interim 
quarterly updates prior to approval by the Board and advised the 
Board with respect to meeting the Company’s financial reporting 
obligations. The Committee reviewed the Company’s accounting 
policies and practices, including approval of critical accounting 
policies; consideration of the appropriateness of significant 
judgements and estimates; and advising the Board as to its views 
on whether the Annual Report and financial statements, taken 
as a whole, was fair, balanced and understandable.

The Committee considered the most significant accounting 
judgement exercised in preparing the consolidated financial 
statements to be the basis for determining the fair value of 
the Company’s investments, as detailed below.

Fair Value of Investments 
The Company’s investments are typically in unlisted securities, 
including shares and debt, hence market prices for such 
investments are not typically readily available. Instead, the Company 
uses a discounted cash flow methodology and benchmarks the 
valuation inputs to market comparables in order to derive the 
Directors’ valuation of investments.

Valuations are prepared by the Investment Adviser and the 
methodology requires a series of judgements to be made, as 
explained in note 11 to the financial statements. The valuation 
process and methodology were discussed with the Investment 
Adviser regularly during the year. Key areas of focus subject 
to challenge were also discussed with the auditor as part of 
the year-end audit planning and interim review processes. 
The Committee challenged the Investment Adviser on the year end 
fair value of investments as part of its consideration of the audited 
financial statements. 

During the year, the Committee reviewed the Investment Adviser’s 
quarterly valuation reports, reports on the performance of the 
underlying assets and the Investment Adviser’s assessment of 
macroeconomic assumptions. Minor changes were made in the 
year to the approach taken around inflation assumptions in the 
valuation process, further detailed in the Investor Returns section 
on pages 30 to 37. The Investment Adviser confirmed that, other 
than these changes, the valuation methodology has been applied 
consistently with prior years. The Committee also reviewed and 
challenged the valuation assumptions (reasonableness of underlying 
cash flows, discount rates, interest rates, foreign exchange rates, 
inflation rates and tax rates). 

The Committee scrutinised the quality and findings of the external 
auditor in relation to their audit of the valuations, including its 
assessment of the Investment Adviser’s underlying cash flow 
projections and assumptions; macroeconomic assumptions; and 
discount rate methodology and output. The auditor confirmed 
no material adjustments were proposed. 

Revenue recognition
The Committee has considered the risk of inappropriate accounting 
recognition of revenue to be a relatively low risk given the nature of 
the Company’s activities.

Internal controls over financial reporting
The Committee satisfied itself that the system of internal control 
and compliance over financial reporting was effective, through 
consideration of regular reports from the Investment Adviser, 
the Administrator and external third-party advisers. 

The Committee also considered the adequacy of resources, 
qualifications and experience of staff in the finance function and 
had direct access to and independent discussions with the external 
auditor throughout the year.

Fair, balanced and understandable
The Committee seeks to establish arrangements to ensure fair, 
balanced and understandable reporting. The Committee engaged 
in extensive dialogue with the Investment Adviser throughout the 
year and considered the interim and annual financial statements as 
well as quarterly updates and reports prepared by the Investment 
Adviser. Following review of the Company’s 2023 Annual Report 
and financial statements, the Committee advised the Board that, 
in its opinion, the Annual Report and financial statements, taken 
as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable and provides 
the information necessary to assess the Company’s performance, 
operating model and strategy.

EXTERNAL AUDITOR 
The Committee recommended to the Board the scope and terms 
of engagement of the external auditor. The Committee considered 
auditor objectivity and independence, audit tenure, audit tendering 
and auditor effectiveness, as detailed below.

Objectivity and independence 
In assessing the objectivity of the auditor, the Committee considered 
the terms under which the external auditor may be appointed to 
perform non-audit services, mindful of the ethical standards for 
auditors and auditor independence. 

Under the Company’s policy for non-audit services, there is a list of 
permitted services for which the external auditor may be engaged, 
where the Committee considers that the provision of such services 
would not necessarily impact its independence. Potential services 
to be provided by the external auditor with an expected value of 
up to £50,000, and which are permitted by the policy, must be 
pre-approved by the Chair of the Committee; any services above 
this value require pre-approval by the full Audit and Risk Committee. 
Non-audit fees represented 10% of total audit fees during the year 
under review, relating only to the half-yearly review. PwC undertook 
its standard independence and objectivity procedures in relation to 
non-audit engagements and confirmed compliance with these to 
the Committee. Further details on the amounts of non-audit fees 
paid to the auditor are set out in note 7 to the financial statements. 

76

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

overview

Strategic report

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Financial StatementS

These were reported to us and were not considered to be a 
significant risk impacting the objectivity and independence of PwC 
as external auditor.

Review of auditor effectiveness 
The Committee performs an annual review of the objectivity, quality 
and effectiveness of the audit, with consideration where appropriate 
given to FRC Audit Quality Inspection Reports and FRC Practice Aid 
guidance. The Committee conducted an in-depth review in 2023 of 
the auditor’s performance and the Committee was satisfied in this 
regard. This was facilitated through discussions with the external 
auditor, the completion of a questionnaire by relevant stakeholders 
(including members of the Committee and senior members of the 
Investment Adviser’s finance team), review and challenge of the 
audit plan for consistency with the Company’s financial statement 
risks, and review of the audit findings report. In accordance with the 
relevant Corporate Governance Code principles, the Committee will 
continue to review the effectiveness of the external auditor in line 
with best practice. 

Review of auditor’s remuneration 
The Committee carried out a review of the proposed audit fees 
for 2023. The audit fee for the Group (including unconsolidated 
subsidiaries) increased on the prior year as a result of inflation and 
scope changes. The Committee considers that the audit fees for 
the current year are in line with market and therefore represent 
good value for money for the Company’s shareholders.

Audit tendering and tenure 
The Committee annually considers the reappointment of the external 
auditor, including rotation of the audit partner. The external auditor 
is required to rotate the audit partner responsible for the Group audit 
every five years and the year to 31 December 2023 was the third 
year for John Luff, the current lead audit partner. The committee 
remains actively engaged in endeavouring to ensure an appropriate 
level of continuity of the team.

RISK MANAGEMENT
During the year, the Committee continued to ensure that the 
Company’s risk management framework and processes remained 
effective in managing the Company’s risks. Areas of note for the 
year are discussed below. A review of significant developments 
relating to the Company’s risks arising in the year can be found in 
the Risk Management section of this Report, starting on page 50. 

Viability assessment
The Committee carried out a robust assessment of the principal 
and emerging risks facing the Company with a view to identify risks 
which may impact the Company’s viability. Detailed stress tests, 
including an impact assessment on the Company’s forecasted 
cash flows, showed significant resilience in the Company’s ability 
to remain viable. The results of the risk assessment process are 
detailed in the Viability Statement on page 62.

Controls review
During the year, an independent external review of the Company’s 
controls framework in relation to bank payments, supplier 
procurement and systems security was completed. The review 
concluded that the controls in place are appropriate and meet 
expectations in helping to counter the changing nature of risks in 
these areas. The next area of controls review was selected to cover 
controls around ESG data reporting, and this review is expected to 
take place over 2024. 

Climate change
The Committee continued to strengthen the Company’s approach 
to managing climate change risk. During the year, continued 
improvements were made to embed climate change further in the 
reporting and risk management process. Further details can be 
found in the Responsible Investment section from page 38, and 
in the review of principal and emerging risks, from page 50. 

REGULATORY AND TAX ENVIRONMENT 
The Committee received regular reports from the Administrator and 
Investment Adviser on regulation and regulatory developments. 
The Company continues to maintain compliance with the 
requirements of the Common Reporting Standard, the Retail 
distribution of unregulated collective investment schemes (regulation 
which the Company remains excluded from), the UK Criminal 
Finance Act 2017, AIFMD, The Foreign Account Tax Compliance 
Act (‘FATCA’), and UK Packaged Retail and Insurance-based 
Investment Products (EU Exit) Regulations 2019 as amended 
(‘UK PRIIPs’). 

During the year, the FRC published its Audit Committees and 
the External Audit: Minimum Standard (the ‘Minimum Standard’). 
The Committee reviewed the Company’s adherence to the Minimum 
Standard and concluded that the Company meets or exceeds 
the requirements contained therein. The Committee notes that in 
respect of the requirement to review the FRC’s annual report on the 
auditor as part of their oversight of auditor responsibilities, that the 
FRC’s reports on Crown Dependency audit firms are confidential 
private documents and therefore the Committee instead held 
discussions with the external auditors to ascertain whether any 
issues were raised in the FRC’s report on the audit firm that needed 
to be brought to the attention of the Committee.

FOCUS FOR 2024 
The Company will continue to focus on the impacts arising from 
the current economic environment and wider market sentiment, 
keep focus on regular and routine matters, as well as continuing 
to monitor any political, tax and regulatory developments in its 
applicable geographies.

JOHN LE POIDEVIN
CHAIR, AUDIT AND RISK COMMITTEE
27 March 2024

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

77

DIRECTORS’ REPORT

INTRODUCTION
The Directors present their Annual Report on the performance of the 
Company and Group for the year ended 31 December 2023.

PRINCIPAL ACTIVITY
The Company is a limited liability, Guernsey-incorporated and 
domiciled, authorised closed-ended investment company under 
Companies (Guernsey) Law, 2008. The Company’s shares have 
a premium listing on the Official List of the UK Listing Authority 
and are traded on the main market of the London Stock Exchange. 

The Chair’s Letter and Strategic Report contain a review of the 
business during the year. A Corporate Governance Report is 
provided on pages 66 to 74.

DIRECTORS’ INDEMNITIES
The Company has made qualifying third-party indemnity provisions 
for the benefit of its Directors, which were made during the year and 
remain in force at the date of this Report.

Purchases of Ordinary Shares will only be made through the 
market at prices below the prevailing NAV of the Ordinary Shares 
(as last calculated) where the Directors believe such purchases will 
enhance shareholder value. Such purchases will also only be made 
in accordance with the Listing Rules of the UK Listing Authority, 
which provide that the price to be paid must not be more than 5% 
above the average of the middle market quotations for the Ordinary 
Shares for the five business days before the shares are purchased 
(unless previously advised to shareholders). No such shares were 
bought back by the Company during the prior year. Up to 10% of 
the Company’s shares may be held as treasury shares.

GOING CONCERN
The Company and Group’s business activities, together with 
the factors likely to affect the Company’s future development, 
performance and position, are set out in the Strategic Report on 
pages 16 to 37. The financial position, cash flows, liquidity position 
and borrowing of the Company and Group are described in the 
financial statements from page 86. 

SUBSTANTIAL SHAREHOLDINGS
As at 31 December 2023, the Company had been notified, in 
accordance with Chapter 5 of the Disclosure and Transparency 
Rules, of the following interests in 5% or more of the Company’s 
Ordinary Shares to which voting rights are attached:

Name of holder

% Issued capital

No. of  
Ordinary Shares

Date notified

Investec Wealth 
& Investment

13.39

255,668,619

6 May 2022

There have been no additional notices between 31 December 2023 
and the date of this Report.

DIRECTORS’ AUTHORITY TO BUY BACK SHARES 
AND TREASURY SHARES
The Company did not purchase any shares for treasury or 
cancellation during the year to 31 December 2023. However, 
on 20 December 2023, the Company announced that it would 
commence a share buyback programme of up to £30 million. 
This programme began in January 2024 and is expected to run for 
up to 12 months. As at 27 March 2024, c.£5 million worth of shares 
have been bought back. 

The current authority of the Company to make market purchases 
of up to 14.99% of the issued Ordinary Share Capital expires on 
3 June 2024. The Company will seek to renew such authority 
at the AGM to take place on 4 June 2024. Any buy back of 
Ordinary Shares will be made subject to Guernsey law and within 
any guidelines established from time-to-time by the Board and 
the making and timing of any buy backs will be at the absolute 
discretion of the Board. 

The Directors have considered significant areas of possible financial 
risk, and comprehensive financial forecasts have been prepared and 
submitted to the Board for review. The Directors have, based on the 
information contained in these forecasts and the assessment of the 
committed banking facilities in place, formed a judgement, at the 
time of approving the financial statements, that the Company (and 
consolidated subsidiaries) have adequate resources to continue in 
operational existence for the 15-month going concern assessment 
review period, and at least 12 months from the approvals of these 
financial statements. 

After consideration, the Directors are satisfied that it is appropriate 
to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the financial 
statements. 

DIRECTOR DECLARATION
Each person who is a Director at the date of approval of this Annual 
Report confirms that:

 – So far as the Director is aware, there is no relevant audit 

information of which the Company’s external auditor is unaware;

 – Each Director has taken all the steps that he/she ought to have 

taken as a Director in order to make himself/herself aware of any 
relevant audit information and to establish that the Company’s 
auditor is aware of that information. This confirmation is given and 
should be interpreted in accordance with the provisions of Section 
249 of the Companies (Guernsey) Law, 2008.

MIKE GERRARD
CHAIR
27 March 2024

JOHN LE POIDEVIN
DIRECTOR
27 March 2024

78

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

overview

Strategic report

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Financial StatementS

DIRECTORS’ RESPONSIBILITIES STATEMENT

RESPONSIBILITY STATEMENT OF THE DIRECTORS 
IN RESPECT OF THE ANNUAL REPORT AND 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The Directors each confirm to the best of their knowledge that:

 – The consolidated financial statements, prepared in accordance 
with UK adopted international accounting standards, give a true 
and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and net 
return of the Group; and

 – The Annual Report and financial statements includes a fair review 
of the development and performance of the business and the 
position of the Group, together with a description of the principal 
risks and uncertainties faced

DIRECTORS’ STATEMENT UNDER THE UK CORPORATE 
GOVERNANCE CODE
The Board, as advised by the Audit and Risk Committee, has 
considered the Annual Report and financial statements and, taken 
as a whole, consider it to be fair, balanced and understandable and 
that it provides the information necessary for shareholders to assess 
the Company’s performance, business model and strategy.

By order of the Board

MIKE GERRARD
CHAIR
27 March 2024

JOHN LE POIDEVIN
DIRECTOR
27 March 2024

The Directors are responsible for preparing financial statements 
for each year which give a true and fair view, in accordance 
with applicable Guernsey law and UK adopted international 
accounting standards, of the state of affairs of the Company and 
its consolidated subsidiaries (the ‘Group’) and of the profit or loss 
of the Group for that year. In preparing those financial statements, 
the Directors are required to:

 – Select suitable accounting policies and then apply 

them consistently;

 – Make judgements and estimates that are reasonable;

 – State whether applicable accounting standards have been 
followed, subject to any material departures disclosed 
and explained in the financial statements; and

 – Prepare the financial statements on a going concern basis 

unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Group will continue 
in business

The Directors confirm that they have complied with the above 
requirements in preparing the financial statements. 

The Directors are responsible for keeping proper accounting 
records, which disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time, 
the financial position of the Group and enable them to ensure that 
the financial statements comply with the Companies (Guernsey) 
Law, 2008. They are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of 
the Group and hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention 
and detection of fraud, error and non-compliance with law 
and regulations.

The maintenance and integrity of the Company’s website is the 
responsibility of the Directors; the work carried out by the auditor 
does not involve considerations of these matters and, accordingly, 
the auditor accepts no responsibility for any change that may 
have occurred to the financial statements since they were initially 
presented on the website. Legislation in Guernsey governing the 
preparation and dissemination of the financial statements may differ 
from legislation in other jurisdictions.

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

79

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT
TO THE MEMBERS OF INTERNATIONAL PUBLIC PARTNERSHIPS LIMITED 

REPORT ON THE AUDIT OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
OUR OPINION
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements give a true and fair view of the consolidated financial position of International Public 
Partnerships Limited (the “Company”) and its subsidiaries (together “the Group”) as at 31 December 2023, and of their consolidated financial 
performance and their consolidated cash flows for the year then ended in accordance with UK-adopted international accounting standards 
and have been properly prepared in accordance with the requirements of The Companies (Guernsey) Law, 2008.

WHAT WE HAVE AUDITED 
The Group’s consolidated financial statements comprise:

 – the consolidated balance sheet as at 31 December 2023; 

 – the consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the year then ended; 

 – the consolidated statement of changes in equity for the year then ended;

 – the consolidated cash flow statement for the year then ended; and

 – the notes to the consolidated financial statements, comprising material accounting policy information and other explanatory information.

BASIS FOR OPINION
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (“ISAs”). Our responsibilities under those standards are 
further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the consolidated financial statements section of our report.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. 

INDEPENDENCE
We are independent of the Group in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the consolidated financial 
statements of the Group, as required by the Crown Dependencies’ Audit Rules and Guidance. We have fulfilled our other ethical 
responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.

OUR AUDIT APPROACH

OVERVIEW

Audit scope
 – The Company is a closed-ended investment company, incorporated in Guernsey, whose ordinary shares are admitted to trading with 

a premium listing on the Main Market of the London Stock Exchange;

 – The Group comprises both consolidated and unconsolidated entities. As disclosed under note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, 
the Company meets the definition of an ‘investment entity’ in accordance with IFRS 10 ‘Consolidated Financial Statements’ and therefore 
accounts for its subsidiaries, with the exception of certain subsidiaries that are not themselves investment entities, at fair value through 
profit or loss under IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’. The Company only consolidates those subsidiaries that are not themselves investment 
entities and whose main purpose is to provide services relating to the Company’s investment activities;

 – We conducted our audit of the consolidated financial statements in Guernsey principally, using the consolidated financial information 

and supporting documentation provided by Amber Fund Management Limited (“Amber”) and Ocorian Administration (Guernsey) Limited 
(“Ocorian”); both of whom the board of directors have delegated the provision of certain functions to; and

 – We tailored the scope of our audit, and structured our audit team to incorporate support from our PwC valuation experts, taking into 

account the nature and industry sector of the assets held within the investment portfolio; the involvement of third parties referred to above 
and the accounting processes and controls.

Key audit matters
 – Risk of fraud in revenue recognition

 – Fair value measurement of investments at fair value through profit or loss

Materiality
 – Overall Group materiality: £72.9 million (2022: £75.9 million) based on 2.5% of equity attributable to equity holders of the parent (i.e. net 

asset value)

 – Performance materiality: £54.6 million (2022: £56.9 million)

80

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

overview

Strategic report

corporate governance

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

THE SCOPE OF OUR AUDIT 
As part of designing our audit, we determined materiality and assessed the risks of material misstatement in the consolidated financial 
statements. In particular, we considered where the directors made subjective judgements; for example, in respect of significant accounting 
estimates that involved making assumptions and considering future events that are inherently uncertain. As in all of our audits, we also 
addressed the risk of management override of internal controls, including among other matters, consideration of whether there was evidence 
of bias that represented a risk of material misstatement due to fraud.

KEY AUDIT MATTERS
Key audit matters are those matters that, in the auditor’s professional judgement, were of most significance in the audit of the consolidated 
financial statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to 
fraud) identified by the auditor, including those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy; the allocation of resources in 
the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These matters, and any comments we make on the results of our procedures 
thereon, were addressed in the context of our audit of the consolidated financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, 
and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

This is not a complete list of all risks identified by our audit.

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Risk of fraud in 
revenue recognition 
Interest income of 
£107.8 million and 
dividend income 
of £81.4 million, 
as reflected in the 
consolidated statement 
of comprehensive income 
and note 4, are measured 
in accordance with the 
stated accounting policies.

We considered the risk 
that management may 
seek to manipulate 
revenue in order to 
report the desired level 
of return to investors, to 
be a significant audit risk, 
and accordingly this has 
been reported as a key 
audit matter.

We assessed the accounting policies in relation to the recognition of interest and dividend income for 
compliance with the financial reporting framework and checked that revenue has been recognised in 
accordance with the stated accounting policies. 

We understood and evaluated the internal control environment in place at the Group around the recognition 
of interest and dividend income. 

We performed the following substantive audit procedures to test revenue and check for any indication of 
fraudulent manipulation: 

 – On a sample basis, we agreed dividend income recognised to the relevant supporting documentation, 
including dividend notices or board approvals, and traced the cash receipts to the bank statements. 
For any dividends received from UK companies within our sample, we inspected evidence of consideration 
by the boards of those underlying companies as to whether sufficient distributable reserves were available 
in order to pay valid dividends;

 – On a sample basis, we recalculated interest income based on the contractual agreements in place 

and traced the cash receipt through to bank statement for the interest that have been received to date, 
and checked any unreceived interest is appropriately accrued for at year end;

 – Furthermore, we considered whether the interest and dividends in our sample testing described above 

had been recorded in the correct financial year by (i) recalculating the interest accrued based on 
contractual terms over the respective period and (ii) inspecting the supporting evidence for the dividends 
recorded to assess whether they have been recorded in the correct financial year. We obtained further 
evidence over the cut off and recording of dividend income in the correct financial year through our 
audit work performed over investment valuation, specifically in relation to our ‘lookback’ testing in which 
we compared the actual vs forecast cash flows and investigated variances exceeding an established 
threshold; and

 – We included specific consideration of any unusual journals impacting revenue within our journals testing 

as well as consideration of post year end journals to check for indications of cut off concerns.

We have not identified any matters to report to those charged with governance in relation to the risk of fraud 
in revenue recognition. 

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

81

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT 
TO THE MEMBERS OF INTERNATIONAL PUBLIC PARTNERSHIPS LIMITED continUeD

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Fair value 
measurement of 
investments at fair 
value through profit 
or loss
The investment portfolio, 
valued at £2.8 billion at 
year end as reflected in 
the consolidated balance 
sheet and note 11, 
comprises investments in 
infrastructure companies 
which largely generate 
long-term predictable 
cash flows. 

The valuation of the 
Group’s investment 
portfolio involves 
complexity and subjective 
management estimates. 
The magnitude of the 
amounts involved means 
that there is the potential 
for material misstatement. 

Since the driver of the 
Group’s net asset value 
is the valuation of the 
investment portfolio, 
this is the area of focus 
for stakeholders and a 
significant audit risk area, 
and accordingly this has 
been reported as a key 
audit matter.

We assessed the investment valuation accounting policy for compliance with the accounting framework, 
and we checked that the investment valuations are measured in accordance with the stated policy. 

We understood and evaluated the Group’s processes, internal controls and methodology applied in 
determining the fair value of the investment portfolio in tailoring our audit approach. 

We tested the controls, which in our judgment are key in relation to Investments at fair value through profit 
or loss, by inspecting evidence of appropriate review and approval of the significant assumptions impacting 
the valuation models (including macroeconomic assumptions and discount rates), as well as the quarterly 
performance and actual vs forecast distribution variance analysis and certain investment model review 
controls. 

We performed the following substantive procedures: 

 – We assessed the appropriateness of the key assumptions (i.e. macro-economic assumptions, discount 
rates, terminal value assumptions) which impact the entire investment portfolio, with the support of our 
valuation experts as described below.

 – We obtained the overall fair value reconciliation of opening to closing fair value from management and 
corroborated significant fair value movements during the year, thereby assessing the reasonableness 
and completeness of the movement in fair value for the year.

 – We stratified the portfolio based on the nature of the underlying assets and performed a ‘look back’ 
comparison of the forecast vs actual cash flows for the current financial year for each stratification 
category. This testing, in addition to our sample tests and assessment of management’s macroeconomic 
assumptions with the support of our PwC valuation experts, was further supplemented with a risk-based 
assessment performed to identify, and investigate, investments deemed to be at a higher risk of suffering 
an adverse valuation impact as a result of climate change related risk exposure.

 – We performed detailed testing over a sample of models and significant inputs for the selected sample, 

which was selected via risk and value-based targeted sampling comprising 60% of the investment portfolio 
by value. This testing entailed challenging key inputs in the models and obtaining appropriate supporting 
documentation and evidence.

 – With the support of our PwC valuation experts, we corroborated and challenged the significant 

assumptions made by management in valuing the risk-based selected sample of assets, as well as 
performed a sensitivity analysis of significant subjective assumptions and checked the reasonableness 
of the overall valuation of these assets with reference to comparable market transactions and our 
experts’ market knowledge. With further support from our PwC valuation experts, we considered 
the reasonableness of the overall portfolio valuation with reference to our industry understanding and 
assessment of the fair value analysis prepared by Amber on behalf of, and subject to the review and 
approval of, the Directors.

 – Further substantive tests performed over the risk and value-based sample of investments included:

 – Back testing comparison of the forecast vs actual cash flows for the current financial year earned on 

each individual asset in the sample; and

 – Utilisation of a software tool to test the model integrity for each individual asset selected in our sample. 

 – In addition to the controls testing and substantive testing performed over the entire portfolio, as detailed 
above, we performed a risk-based year on year variance analysis to identify, and investigate, any unusual 
movements within the remaining 40% of the portfolio.

 – Finally, for a sample of investments, to ascertain ownership and existence we obtained third party evidence 
of investment holdings and checked whether the details obtained corroborated or contradicted the records 
held by the Group and those used for investment valuation purposes.

We have not identified any matters to report to those charged with governance in relation to the fair value 
measurement of Investments at fair value through profit or loss. 

HOW WE TAILORED THE AUDIT SCOPE
We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure that we performed enough work to be able to give an opinion on the consolidated financial 
statements as a whole, taking into account the structure of the Group, the accounting processes and controls, the industry in which the 
Group operates, and we considered the risk of climate change and the potential impact thereof on our audit approach.

82

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

overview

Strategic report

corporate governance

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

We have considered whether the consolidated subsidiary entities included within the Group comprise separate components for the purpose 
of our audit scope. However, having taken account of the Group’s financial reporting systems and the related controls in place at Ocorian 
and Amber, and based on our professional judgement, we have tailored our audit scope to account for the Group’s consolidated financial 
statements as a single component.

MATERIALITY 
The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality. We set certain quantitative thresholds for materiality. These, together 
with qualitative considerations, helped us to determine the scope of our audit and the nature, timing and extent of our audit procedures on 
the individual financial statement line items and disclosures and in evaluating the effect of misstatements, both individually and in aggregate 
on the consolidated financial statements as a whole.

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the consolidated financial statements as a whole as follows:

Overall Group materiality

£72.9 million (2022: £75.9 million)

How we determined it 

2.5% of the equity attributable to equity holders of the parent (i.e. net asset value)

Rationale for benchmark applied

We believe that net assets is the most appropriate benchmark because this is the key metric of 
interest to investors. It is also a generally accepted measure used for companies in this industry. 

We use performance materiality to reduce to an appropriately low level the probability that the aggregate of uncorrected and undetected 
misstatements exceeds overall materiality. Specifically, we use performance materiality in determining the scope of our audit and the 
nature and extent of our testing of account balances, classes of transactions and disclosures, for example in determining sample sizes. 
Our performance materiality was 75% (2022: 75%) of overall materiality, amounting to £54.6 million (2022: £56.9 million) for the Group 
financial statements.

In determining the performance materiality, we considered a number of factors – the history of misstatements, risk assessment and 
aggregation risk and the effectiveness of controls – and concluded that an amount at the upper end of our normal range was appropriate.

We agreed with those charged with governance that we would report to them misstatements identified during our audit above £3.6 million 
(2022: £3.8 million) as well as misstatements below that amount that, in our view, warranted reporting for qualitative reasons.

REPORTING ON OTHER INFORMATION
The other information comprises all the information included in the Annual Report and Financial Statements (“the Annual Report”) but does 
not include the consolidated financial statements and our auditor’s report thereon. The directors are responsible for the other information.

Our opinion on the consolidated financial statements does not cover the other information and we do not express any form of assurance 
conclusion thereon.

In connection with our audit of the consolidated financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, 
consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the consolidated financial statements or our knowledge obtained in 
the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material 
misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact. We have nothing to report based on these responsibilities.

RESPONSIBILITIES FOR THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND THE AUDIT
RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE DIRECTORS FOR THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As explained more fully in the Directors’ Responsibilities Statement, the directors are responsible for the preparation of the consolidated 
financial statements that give a true and fair view in accordance with UK-adopted international accounting standards, the requirements 
of Guernsey law and for such internal control as the directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of consolidated financial 
statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. 

In preparing the consolidated financial statements, the directors are responsible for assessing the Group’s ability to continue as a going 
concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the directors 
either intend to liquidate the Group or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

AUDITOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES FOR THE AUDIT OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements as a whole are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level 
of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs will always detect a material misstatement when it 
exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in aggregate, they could reasonably be 
expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these consolidated financial statements. 

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

83

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT 
TO THE MEMBERS OF INTERNATIONAL PUBLIC PARTNERSHIPS LIMITED continUeD

Our audit testing might include testing complete populations of certain transactions and balances, possibly using data auditing techniques. 
However, it typically involves selecting a limited number of items for testing, rather than testing complete populations. We will often seek to 
target particular items for testing based on their size or risk characteristics. In other cases, we will use audit sampling to enable us to draw 
a conclusion about the population from which the sample is selected.

As part of an audit in accordance with ISAs, we exercise professional judgement and maintain professional scepticism throughout the audit. 
We also:

 – Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error, design and 
perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our 
opinion. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, as fraud may 
involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control. 

 – Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the 

circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control.

 – Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates and related disclosures made 

by the directors. 

 – Conclude on the appropriateness of the directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting and, based on the audit evidence 

obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the Group’s ability to 
continue as a going concern over a period of at least twelve months from the date of approval of the consolidated financial statements. 
If we conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required to draw attention in our auditor’s report to the related disclosures in the 
consolidated financial statements or, if such disclosures are inadequate, to modify our opinion. Our conclusions are based on the audit 
evidence obtained up to the date of our auditor’s report. However, future events or conditions may cause the Group to cease to continue 
as a going concern. 

 – Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the consolidated financial statements, including the disclosures, and whether 

the consolidated financial statements represent the underlying transactions and events in a manner that achieves fair presentation.

 – Obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the financial information of the entities or business activities within the Group to 
express an opinion on the consolidated financial statements. We are responsible for the direction, supervision and performance of the 
Group audit. We remain solely responsible for our audit opinion. 

We communicate with those charged with governance regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the audit and 
significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal control that we identify during our audit. 

We also provide those charged with governance with a statement that we have complied with relevant ethical requirements regarding 
independence, and to communicate with them all relationships and other matters that may reasonably be thought to bear on our 
independence, and where applicable, related safeguards.

From the matters communicated with those charged with governance, we determine those matters that were of most significance in the 
audit of the consolidated financial statements of the current period and are therefore the key audit matters. We describe these matters 
in our auditor’s report unless law or regulation precludes public disclosure about the matter or when, in extremely rare circumstances, 
we determine that a matter should not be communicated in our report because the adverse consequences of doing so would reasonably 
be expected to outweigh the public interest benefits of such communication.

USE OF THIS REPORT 
This report, including the opinions, has been prepared for and only for the members as a body in accordance with Section 262 of 
The Companies (Guernsey) Law, 2008 and for no other purpose. We do not, in giving these opinions, accept or assume responsibility for 
any other purpose or to any other person to whom this report is shown or into whose hands it may come save where expressly agreed 
by our prior consent in writing.

REPORT ON OTHER LEGAL AND REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
COMPANY LAW EXCEPTION REPORTING
Under The Companies (Guernsey) Law, 2008 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:

 – we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit;

 – proper accounting records have not been kept; or

 – the consolidated financial statements are not in agreement with the accounting records.

We have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility.

84

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

overview

Strategic report

corporate governance

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENT
The Listing Rules require us to review the directors’ statements in relation to going concern, longer-term viability and that part of the 
corporate governance statement relating to the Company’s compliance with the provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code specified 
for our review. Our additional responsibilities with respect to the corporate governance statement as other information are described in the 
Reporting on other information section of this report.

The Company has reported compliance against the 2019 AIC Code of Corporate Governance (the “Code”) which has been endorsed 
by the UK Financial Reporting Council as being consistent with the UK Corporate Governance Code for the purposes of meeting the 
Company’s obligations, as an investment company, under the Listing Rules of the FCA.

Based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we have concluded that each of the following elements of the corporate governance 
statement, included within the Strategic Report and Corporate Governance section is materially consistent with the consolidated financial 
statements and our knowledge obtained during the audit, and we have nothing material to add or draw attention to in relation to:

 – The directors’ confirmation that they have carried out a robust assessment of the emerging and principal risks;

 – The disclosures in the Annual Report that describe those principal risks, what procedures are in place to identify emerging risks and 

an explanation of how these are being managed or mitigated;

 – The directors’ statement in the consolidated financial statements about whether they considered it appropriate to adopt the going concern 
basis of accounting in preparing them, and their identification of any material uncertainties to the Group’s ability to continue to do so over 
a period of at least twelve months from the date of approval of the consolidated financial statements;

 – The directors’ explanation as to their assessment of the Group’s prospects, the period this assessment covers and why the period 

is appropriate; and

 – The directors’ statement as to whether they have a reasonable expectation that the Company will be able to continue in operation and 

meet its liabilities as they fall due over the period of its assessment, including any related disclosures drawing attention to any necessary 
qualifications or assumptions.

Our review of the directors’ statement regarding the longer-term viability of the Group was substantially less in scope than an audit and 
only consisted of making inquiries and considering the directors’ process supporting their statements; checking that the statements are 
in alignment with the relevant provisions of the Code; and considering whether the statement is consistent with the consolidated financial 
statements and our knowledge and understanding of the Group and its environment obtained in the course of the audit.

In addition, based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we have concluded that each of the following elements of the corporate 
governance statement is materially consistent with the consolidated financial statements and our knowledge obtained during the audit:

 – The directors’ statement that they consider the Annual Report, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable, and provides 

the information necessary for the members to assess the Group’s position, performance, business model and strategy;

 – The section of the Annual Report that describes the review of effectiveness of risk management and internal control systems; and

 – The section of the Annual Report describing the work of the Audit and Risk Committee.

We have nothing to report in respect of our responsibility to report when the directors’ statement relating to the Company’s compliance 
with the Code does not properly disclose a departure from a relevant provision of the Code specified under the Listing Rules for review 
by the auditors.

OTHER MATTER
In due course, as required by the Financial Conduct Authority Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rule 4.1.14R, these consolidated 
financial statements will form part of the ESEF-prepared annual financial report filed on the National Storage Mechanism of the Financial 
Conduct Authority in accordance with the ESEF Regulatory Technical Standard (“ESEF RTS”). This auditor’s report provides no assurance 
over whether the annual financial report will be prepared using the single electronic format specified in the ESEF RTS.

JOHN LUFF
FOR AND ON BEHALF OF PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS CI LLP
Chartered Accountants and Recognised Auditor
Guernsey, Channel Islands
27 March 2024

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

85

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2023

Interest income
Dividend income
Net change in investments at fair value through profit or loss

Total investment income
Other operating income / (expense) 

Total income

Management costs
Administrative costs
Transaction costs
Directors’ fees

Total expenses

Profit before finance costs and tax

Finance costs

Profit before tax

Tax (charge) / credit 

Profit for the year

Earnings per share
Basic and diluted (pence)

Year ended
31 December 2023
£’000s

Year ended
31 December 2022
£’000s

107,756
81,396
(123,080)

66,072
5,944

72,016

(32,251)
(2,420)
(1,621)
(475)

(36,767)

35,249

(7,284)

27,965

(104)

27,861

93,817
64,845
210,906

369,568
(3,978)

365,590

(29,421)
(2,415)
(2,891)
(479)

(35,206)

330,384

(3,556)

326,828

69

326,897

1.46

17.75

Notes

4

4

4

5

17

6, 17

8

9

10

All results are from continuing operations in the year.

All income is attributable to the equity holders of the parent. There are no non-controlling interests within the Consolidated Group.

There are no other Comprehensive Income items in the current year (2022: nil). The profit for the year represents the Total Comprehensive 
Income for the year.

86

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

overview

Strategic report

corporate governance

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2023

Balance at 1 January 2023

Profit for the year and total 
comprehensive income

Issue of Ordinary Shares
Issue costs applied to new shares
Dividends in the year

Balance at 31 December 2023

Share capital and  
share premium  

£’000s

Other distributable 
reserve  
£’000s

Notes

Retained  
earnings  
£’000s

Total  

£’000s

2,231,276

182,481

626,082

3,039,839

15

15

15

–

–
–
–

–

–
–
–

2,231,276

182,481

27,861

27,861

–
–
(151,562)

502,381

–
–
(151,562)

2,916,138

YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022

Balance at 1 January 2022

Profit for the year and total 
comprehensive income

Issue of Ordinary Shares
Issue costs applied to new shares
Dividends in the year

Balance at 31 December 2022

Notes

15

15

15

Share capital and  
share premium  

£’000s

1,908,849

Other distributable  
reserve  
£’000s

182,481

Retained  
earnings  
£’000s

437,470

Total  

£’000s

2,528,800

–

327,273
(4,846)
–

–

–
–
–

2,231,276

182,481

326,897

326,897

–
–
(138,285)

626,082

327,273
(4,846)
(138,285)

3,039,839

International Public Partnerships Limited
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

87

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2023

Non-current assets
Investments at fair value through profit or loss

Total non-current assets

Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Trade and other receivables 
Derivative financial instruments

Total current assets

Total assets

Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Derivative financial instruments

Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities
Bank loans

Total non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity
Share capital and share premium
Other distributable reserve
Retained earnings

Equity attributable to equity holders of the parent

Net assets per share (pence per share)

The financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors on 27 March 2024.

They were signed on its behalf by:

MIKE GERRARD   
CHAIR 
27 March 2024 

JOHN LE POIDEVIN
DIRECTOR
27 March 2024

Notes

11

11

11, 13

11

11, 14

8, 11

8, 11

15

15

15

16

31 December 2023
£’000s

31 December 2022
£’000s

2,818,903

2,818,903

2,947,959

2,947,959

128,561
43,297
1,424

173,282

2,992,185

11,047
–

11,047

65,000

65,000

76,047

92,829
44,096
–

136,925

3,084,884

13,919
1,826

15,745

29,300

29,300

45,045

2,916,138

3,039,839

2,231,276
182,481
502,381

2,916,138

2,231,276
182,481
626,082

3,039,839

152.6

159.1

88

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

 
 
 
overview

Strategic report

corporate governance

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW STATEMENT
YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2023

Notes

4

8

5, 11

12

15

Operating activities
Profit before tax in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income1
Adjusted for:
Loss / (gain) on investments at fair value through profit or loss
Finance costs2
Fair value movement on derivative financial instruments
Decrease in receivables
(Decrease) / increase in payables
Capitalisation of interest 
Income tax paid3

Net cash inflow from operations4

Investing activities
Acquisition of investments at fair value through profit or loss
Net repayments from investments at fair value through profit or loss

Net cash inflow / (outflow) from investing activities

Financing activities
Proceeds from issue of shares net of issue costs
Dividends paid
Finance costs paid2
Loan drawdowns2
Loan repayments2

Net cash (outflow) / inflow from financing activities

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
Effects of changes in foreign currency exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

Year ended
31 December 2023
£’000s

Year ended
31 December 2022
£’000s

27,965

326,828

123,080
7,284
(3,250)
1,468
(2,872)
(20,301)
(104)

133,270

(108,088)
134,365

26,277

–
(151,562)
(7,761)
118,400
(82,700)

(123,623)

35,924
92,829
(192)

128,561

(210,906)
3,556
4,539
11,326
3,321
–
(95)

138,569

(191,604)
33,985

(157,619)

320,154
(136,012)
(2,849)
29,300
(156,218)

54,375

35,325
56,090
1,414

92,829

1   Includes interest received of £92.3 million (December 2022: £87.2 million) and dividends received of £81.4 million (December 2022: £64.8 million).
2  These cash flows represent the changes in liabilities arising from financing liabilities during the year in accordance with IAS 7, 44A-E.
3 
4  Net cash flows from operations above are reconciled to net operating cash flows before capital activity* as shown in the Strategic Report on pages 28 to 29.

Includes cash flows received from unconsolidated subsidiary entities in respect of surrender of tax losses.

International Public Partnerships Limited
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

89

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2023

1.  BASIS OF PREPARATION 
International Public Partnerships Limited is a closed-ended authorised investment company incorporated in Guernsey under the 
Companies (Guernsey) Law, 2008. The address of the registered office is given on page 112. The nature of the Group’s (‘Parent and 
consolidated subsidiary entities’) operations and its principal activities are set out on pages 8 to 9.

These financial statements are presented in pounds Sterling as this is the currency of the primary economic environment in which the 
Group operates and represents the functional currency of the Parent and all values are rounded to the nearest (£’000), except where 
otherwise indicated. 

BASIS OF PREPARATION
These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the UK-adopted International Accounting Standards (‘IFRS’), applicable 
legal and regulatory requirements of Guernsey, and the Listing Rules of the UK Listing Authority. These financial statements follow the 
historical cost basis, except for financial assets held at fair value through profit or loss and derivatives that have been measured at fair value. 
The principal accounting policies adopted are set out in relevant notes to the financial statements. 

The Directors have determined that International Public Partnerships Limited is an investment entity as defined by IFRS 10 on the basis that 
the Company:

a)    Obtains funds from one or more investor(s) for the purpose of providing those investor(s) with investment management services;
b)    Commits to its investors that its business purpose is to invest funds solely for returns from capital appreciation, investment income, 

or both; and

c)    Measures and evaluates the performance of substantially all of its investments on a fair value basis.

Accordingly, these financial statements consolidate only those subsidiaries that provide services relevant to its investment activities, 
such as management services, strategic advice and financial support to its investees, and that are not themselves investment entities. 
Subsidiaries that do not provide investment-related services are required to be measured at fair value through profit or loss in accordance 
with IFRS 9 Financial Instruments.

GOING CONCERN
The Directors have reviewed cash flow forecasts prepared by management. Based on those forecasts, consideration of the Group’s 
operating costs and obligations as well as capital commitments, and an assessment of the Group’s committed banking facilities, it has 
been considered appropriate to prepare these consolidated financial statements of the Group on a going concern basis. In arriving at 
their conclusion that the Group has adequate financial resources, the Directors were mindful that the Group had unrestricted cash of 
£128 million as at 31 December 2023. The Company continues to fully cover operating costs and distributions from underlying cash flows 
from investments. The Company has access to a corporate debt facility of £350 million on a fully committed basis, and a flexible ‘accordion’ 
component which, subject to lender consent, allows for a future extension by an additional £50 million. At the date of this Report, 
approximately £336 million of the fully committed portion remains available. A £20 million portion of the facility is available to be utilised for 
working capital purposes. The facility is forecast to continue in full compliance with the associated banking covenants. The facility is available 
for investment in new and existing assets until June 2025.

ACCOUNTING POLICIES
The same accounting policies, presentation and methods of computation are followed in this set of financial statements as applied in the 
previous financial year. The new and revised IFRS and interpretations becoming effective in the period have had no material impact on the 
accounting policies of the Group. Note 20 sets out a comprehensive listing of all new standards applicable from 1 January 2023.

2.  CRITICAL JUDGEMENTS AND ESTIMATES
INVESTMENT ENTITY 
In the judgement of the Directors, International Public Partnerships Limited has been accounted for as an investment entity as defined 
by IFRS 10, further details of which are given in note 1, Basis of preparation. 

FAIR VALUATION OF INVESTMENTS AT FAIR VALUE THROUGH PROFIT OR LOSS 
Fair values are a critical estimate and are determined using the income approach which discounts the expected cash flows at a rate 
appropriate to the risk profile of each investment. In determining the discount rate, relevant long-term government bond yields, specific 
investment risks and evidence of recent transactions are considered. Details of the valuation process and key sensitivities are provided 
in note 11. 

90

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

overview

Strategic report

corporate governance

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

3.  SEGMENTAL REPORTING
Based on a review of information provided to the chief operating decision makers of the Group (determined to be the Board), the Group has 
identified four reportable segments based on the geographical risk associated with the jurisdictions in which it operates. The factors used to 
identify the Group’s reportable segments are centred on the risk-free rates and the maturity of the infrastructure sector within each region. 
Further, foreign exchange and political risk is identified, as these also determine where resources are allocated. The four reportable segments 
are UK & CI, Europe (excl. UK), North America and Australia & New Zealand.

Segmental results
Dividend and interest income
Fair value gain / (loss) on investments

Total investment income / (loss)

Reporting segment profit / (loss)1

Segmental financial position
Investments at fair value 
Current assets

Total assets
Total liabilities

Net assets 

Segmental results
Dividend and interest income
Fair value gain / (loss) on investments

Total investment income

Reporting segment profit1

Segmental financial position
Investments at fair value 
Current assets

Total assets
Total liabilities

Net assets 

UK & CI 
£’000s

148,829
(87,156)

61,673

19,160

2,043,743
173,282

2,217,025
(76,047)

2,140,978

UK & CI
£’000s

117,621
151,080

268,701

230,025

2,226,964
136,925

2,363,889
(45,045)

2,318,844

Year ended 31 December 2023

Europe  
(excl. UK)  
£’000s

11,615
11,620

23,235

25,048

342,700
–

342,700
–

342,700

North  
America  
£’000s

Australia & 
New Zealand 
£’000s

11,339
(18,013)

(6,674)

(5,603)

147,292
–

147,292
–

147,292

17,369
(29,531)

(12,162)

(10,744)

285,168
–

285,168
–

285,168

Year ended 31 December 2022

Europe  
(excl. UK)  
£’000s

North  
America  
£’000s

Australia & 
New Zealand 
£’000s

9,974
38,360

48,334

47,263

347,620
–

347,620
–

347,620

9,228
24,558

33,786

32,185

166,023
–

166,023
–

166,023

21,839
(3,092)

18,747

17,424

207,352
–

207,352
–

207,352

Total 
£’000s

189,152
(123,080)

66,072

27,861

2,818,903
173,282

2,992,185
(76,047)

2,916,138

Total 
£’000s

158,662
210,906

369,568

326,897

2,947,959
136,925

3,084,884
(45,045)

3,039,839

Revenue from investments which individually represent more than 10% of the Group’s interest, and dividend income approximates 
£25.1 million (2022: £15.9 million).

INVESTMENT INCOME

4. 
ACCOUNTING POLICY
Interest income
Interest income is recognised when it is probable that the economic benefits will flow to the Group and the amount of income can 
be measured reliably. Interest income is accrued on a time-apportioned basis and is recognised gross of withholding tax, if any. 

Dividend income
Dividend income is recognised gross of withholding tax on the date the Company’s right to receive the dividend income is established. 

Net change in investments at fair value through profit or loss
Net change in investments at fair value through profit or loss includes all realised and unrealised fair value changes (including foreign 
exchange movements) other than interest and dividend income recognised separately.

1  Reporting segment results are stated net of operational costs including management fees.

International Public Partnerships Limited
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

91

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2023 continUeD

4. 

INVESTMENT INCOME CONTINUED

Interest income
Interest on investments at fair value through profit or loss
Interest on financial assets at amortised cost

Total interest income

Dividend income
Net change in investments at fair value through profit or loss

Total investment income

Year ended
31 December 2023
£’000s

Year ended
31 December 2022
£’000s

106,687
1,069

107,756

81,396
(123,080)

66,072

 93,655 
 162 

 93,817 

 64,845 
 210,906 

369,568

Dividend and interest income includes transactions with unconsolidated subsidiary entities. Changes in investments at fair value through 
profit or loss are also recognised in relation to the Group’s investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries.

5.  OTHER OPERATING INCOME / (EXPENSE) 

Fair value movement on foreign exchange contracts
Other gains on foreign exchange movements
Other income

Total other operating income / (expense) 

6.  TRANSACTION COSTS

Investment advisory costs

Total transaction costs

Details of total transaction costs paid to the Investment Adviser are provided in note 17.

7.  AUDITOR’S REMUNERATION

Fees payable to the Group’s auditor (PwC CI LLP) for the audit of the Group’s 
financial statements

Fees payable to the Group’s auditor and their associates (PwC LLP, UK)  
for other services to the Group
–  The audit of the Group’s consolidated subsidiaries
–  The audit of the Group’s unconsolidated subsidiaries

Total audit fees

Other fees
– 
–  Reporting Accountant fees

Interim review

Total non-audit fees

92

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

Year ended
31 December 2023
£’000s

Year ended
31 December 2022
£’000s

 3,250 
 1,151 
 1,543 

 5,944 

(4,539) 
 545 
 16 

(3,978) 

Year ended
31 December 2023
£’000s

Year ended
31 December 2022
£’000s

1,621

1,621

2,891

2,891

Year ended
31 December 2023
£’000s

Year ended
31 December 2022
£’000s

626

24
215

865

83
–

83

587

18
209

814

77
106

183

overview

Strategic report

corporate governance

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

8.  FINANCE COSTS AND BANK LOANS
ACCOUNTING POLICY
Interest bearing loans and overdrafts are initially recorded as the proceeds received net of any directly attributable issue costs. Subsequent 
measurement is at amortised cost, with borrowing costs recognised in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income in the year in 
which they are incurred, using the effective interest rate method. Arrangement fees are amortised over the term of the corporate debt facility.

Finance costs for the year were £7.3 million (December 2022: £3.6 million). The Group has a corporate debt facility with £350 million 
available on a fully committed basis, with a flexible ‘accordion’ component which will, subject to lender approval, allow for a future extension 
by an additional £50 million. The interest rate margin on the corporate debt facility in the year was 170 basis points over SONIA. The facility 
matures in June 2025 with no repayments due ahead of maturity, and is secured over the assets of the Group. The banking group for the 
facility consists of National Australia Bank, the Royal Bank of Scotland International, Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation and Barclays 
Bank. The drawdowns in the year were in the form of cash drawdowns used to partially fund investments. As at December 2023 the facility 
was £65.0 million drawn (December 2022: £29.3 million cash drawn), with £16.4 million drawn under letter of credit (December 2022: 
£16.7 million drawn under letter of credit). The uncommitted balance of the facility which was not cash drawn or notionally drawn via letters 
of credit was c.£268.6 million (December 2022: £204.0 million).

9.  TAX
ACCOUNTING POLICY
Current tax is based on taxable profit for the year. Taxable profit differs from net profit as reported in the Consolidated Statement of 
Comprehensive Income as it excludes items of income or expense that are taxable or deductible in past or future years and it further 
excludes items that are never taxable or deductible. The Group’s asset/liability for current tax is calculated using tax rates that have been 
enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date. The current tax charge/credit in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive 
Income is recognised net of receivables recognised for losses surrendered to unconsolidated subsidiary entities. 

Under the current system of taxation in Guernsey, the Company itself is exempt from paying taxes on income, profits or capital gains. 
Dividend income and interest income received by the Group may be subject to withholding tax imposed in the country of origin of 
such income.

Current tax:
UK corporation tax – prior year
Other overseas tax – current year
Other overseas tax – prior year

Tax charge / (credit) for the year

Reconciliation of effective tax rate:

Profit before tax
Exempt tax status in Guernsey 
Application of overseas tax rates

Tax charge / (credit) for the year

Year ended
31 December 2023
£’000s

Year ended
31 December 2022
£’000s

–
104
–

104

–
(69)
–

(69)

Year ended
31 December 2023
£’000s

Year ended
31 December 2022
£’000s

27,965
–
104

104

326,828
–
(69)

(69)

The income tax credit above does not represent the full tax position of the entire Group as the investment returns received by the Company 
are net of tax payable at the underlying investee entity level. As a consequence of the adoption of IFRS 10 investment entity consolidation 
exception, underlying investee entity tax is not consolidated within these financial statements. 

International Public Partnerships Limited
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

93

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2023 continUeD

10.  EARNINGS PER SHARE
The calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share is based on the following data:

Earnings for the purposes of basic and diluted earnings per share being net profit attributable 
to equity holders of the parent

Weighted average number of Ordinary Shares for the purposes of basic and diluted earnings 
per share 

Basic and diluted (pence)

Year ended
31 December 2023
£’000s

Year ended
31 December 2022
£’000s

27,861

Number

326,897

Number

1,911,243,132

1,841,400,896 

1.46

 17.75 

The denominator for the purposes of calculating both basic and diluted earnings per share is the same as the Group has not issued any 
share options or other instruments that would cause dilution. 

11.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognised when the Group becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument. 
Financial assets are derecognised when the contractual rights to the cash flows from the instrument expire or the asset is transferred, 
and the transfer qualifies for derecognition in accordance with IFRS 9 Financial Instruments. Financial liabilities are derecognised when 
the obligation is discharged, cancelled or expired. Specific financial asset and liability accounting policies are provided below. 

11.1  FINANCIAL ASSETS

Investments at fair value through profit and loss

Financial assets at amortised cost
Trade and other receivables
Cash and cash equivalents
Derivative financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss
Foreign exchange contracts 

Total financial assets

31 December 2023
£’000s

31 December 2022
£’000s

2,818,903

2,947,959

43,297
128,561

1,424

44,096
92,829

–

2,992,185

3,084,884

ACCOUNTING POLICY
The Group classifies its financial assets as at fair value through profit or loss or as financial assets at amortised cost. The classification 
depends on the purpose for which the financial assets were acquired, with investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries (other than those 
providing investment-related services) being at fair value through profit or loss as required by IFRS 10. 

Investments at fair value through profit or loss
Investments in underlying unconsolidated subsidiaries and other non-controlled investments are held in a portfolio, the business model of 
which is to manage them on a fair value basis. The Group’s policy is to fair value both the equity and debt investments in underlying assets 
together. All transaction costs relating to the acquisition of new investments are recognised directly in profit or loss. Subsequent to initial 
recognition, equity and debt investments are measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognised within total investment income 
in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income.

Trade and other receivables 
Trade and other receivables that meet the contracted cash flow test as sole payments of principal and interest and which are held in a 
business model to receive these contractual cash flows are classified as trade and other receivables. Financial assets with maturities less 
than 12 months are included in current assets, financial assets with maturities greater than 12 months after the balance sheet date are 
classified as non-current assets.

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash on hand and demand deposits and other short-term highly liquid investments with an original 
maturity of three months or less that are readily convertible to a known amount of cash and are subject to an insignificant risk of changes 
in value.

94

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

overview

Strategic report

corporate governance

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Derivative financial instruments
Derivatives are classified as financial assets and liabilities at fair value through profit or loss, held for trading. Derivatives are recognised 
initially, and are subsequently remeasured, at fair value. Derivatives are shown as assets when their fair value is positive or as liabilities when 
their fair value is negative. Fair value movements on derivative financial instruments held for trading are recognised in the Consolidated 
Statement of Comprehensive Income.

Impairment of financial assets
Financial assets, other than those classified at fair value through profit or loss, being trade and other receivables adopt a simplified approach 
to calculate any expected credit losses. 

11.2  FINANCIAL LIABILITIES

Financial liabilities at amortised cost
Trade and other payables 
Bank loans
Derivative financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss
Foreign exchange contracts

Total financial liabilities

31 December 2023
£’000s

31 December 2022
£’000s

11,047
65,000

–

76,047

13,919
29,300

1,826

45,045

ACCOUNTING POLICY
Financial liabilities
Financial liabilities, other than those specifically accounted for under a separate policy, are measured at amortised cost and stated based on 
the amounts which are considered to be payable in respect of goods or services received up to the financial reporting date. The accounting 
policy for bank loans is included earlier in note 8.

The carrying value of financial assets and liabilities held at amortised cost is considered to approximate their fair value.

11.3  FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT 
The Group’s objective in managing risk is the protection of stakeholder value. Risk is inherent in the Group’s activities and is managed 
through a process of ongoing identification, measurement and monitoring, subject to risk limits and other controls. The Group is exposed to 
market risk (which includes currency risk, interest rate risk and inflation risk), credit risk and liquidity risk arising from the financial instruments 
it holds. The Board of Directors is ultimately responsible for the overall risk management of the Group, with delegation of oversight and 
activities (including identifying and controlling risks) provided to the Audit and Risk Committee and the Group’s Investment Adviser. 
The Group’s risk management framework and approach is set out within the Strategic Report (pages 50 to 62). The Board takes into 
account market, credit and liquidity risks in forming the Group’s risk management strategy.

MARKET RISK
Market risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of financial instruments will fluctuate due to changes in market variables such 
as changes in inflation, foreign exchange rates and interest rates.

Inflation risk
The majority of the Group’s cash flows from underlying investments are linked to inflation indices. Changes in inflation rates can have a 
positive or negative impact on the Group’s cash flows from investments. The long-term inflation assumptions applied in the Group’s valuation 
of investments at fair value through profit or loss are disclosed in the fair value hierarchy section in note 11.4.

The Group’s portfolio of investments has been developed in anticipation of continued inflation at or above the levels used in the Group’s 
valuation assumptions. Where inflation is at levels below the assumed levels for a sustained period of time, investment performance may 
be impaired. The level of inflation-linkage* across the investments held by the Group varies and is not consistent.

International Public Partnerships Limited
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

95

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2023 continUeD

11.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS CONTINUED
11.3  FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT CONTINUED
Interest rate risk
Interest rate risk arises from the possibility that changes in interest rates will affect future cash flows from underlying investments, therefore 
impacting the value of investments at fair value through profit or loss. The Group has limited exposure to interest rate risk as the underlying 
borrowings within the unconsolidated investee entities are either hedged through interest rate swap arrangements via an economic hedge, 
are fixed rate loans or the risk of adverse movement in interest rates is limited through protections provided by the regulatory regime. 
For example, it is generally a requirement under a PFI/PPP concession that any borrowings are matched to the life of the concession. 
Hedging activities are aligned with the period of the loan, which also mirrors the concession period and are highly effective. Nevertheless, 
refinancing risk exists in a number of such investments. The Group’s corporate debt facility is unhedged on the basis that it is utilised as 
an investment bridging facility and therefore drawn for a relatively short period of time. Therefore, the Group is not significantly exposed 
to cash flow risk due to changes in interest rates over its variable rate borrowings. Interest income on bank deposits held within underlying 
investments is included within the fair value of investments. 

Foreign currency risk
The Group undertakes certain transactions denominated in foreign currencies and therefore is exposed to exchange rate fluctuations. 
Currency risk arises in financial instruments that are denominated in a foreign currency other than the functional currency in which they are 
measured. The Group uses forward foreign exchange contracts to mitigate the risk of short-term volatility in foreign exchange on significant 
investment returns from overseas investments via an economic hedge. The Group does not hedge its exposure to foreign exchange in 
relation to foreign currency denominated investment balances. The carrying amounts of the Group’s foreign currency denominated monetary 
financial instruments at the reporting date are set out in the table below.

Sensitivity analysis showing the impact of variations of the above risks on the fair value of investments is shown in note 11.5.

31 December 2023
£’000s

31 December 2022
£’000s

Cash
Euro
Canadian Dollar
Australian Dollar
New Zealand Dollar
US Dollar
Danish Krone

Current receivables 
Euro receivables
US Dollar receivables

Investments at fair value through profit or loss
Euro
Danish Krone
Canadian Dollar
Australian Dollar
New Zealand Dollar
US Dollar

Total

6,925
796
3,448
5,362
4,060
362

20,953

1,298
–

1,298

330,762
11,938
40,355
188,228
96,940
106,937

775,160

797,411

8,416
1,014
15,222
–
100
–

24,752

17
724

741

 335,682 
 11,938 
43,240
207,352
–
122,783

720,995

746,488

Sensitivity analysis showing the impact of variations of the above market risks on the fair value of investments is shown in note 11.5.

CREDIT RISK 
Credit risk refers to the risk that a counterparty will default on its contractual obligations resulting in a financial loss to the Group. The Group 
has adopted a policy of dealing with creditworthy counterparties and reviewing this on a regular basis at the underlying entity level. 
The majority of underlying investments are in public-private partnerships and similar concessions (which are entered into with government, 
quasi government, other public, equivalent low risk bodies), or in regulated businesses that inherently exhibit low levels of credit risk. 
The maximum exposure of credit risk over financial assets as a result of counterparty default is the carrying value of those financial 
assets in the balance sheet. In addition, the underlying investee entities contract with third-party construction and facilities managements 
contractors. The Group seeks to mitigate this risk through using a diverse range of sub-contractors and through at least quarterly review 
of the credit position of major contractors.

96

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

overview

Strategic report

corporate governance

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

LIQUIDITY RISK 
Liquidity risk is defined as the risk that the Group would encounter difficulty in meeting obligations as and when they fall due associated with 
financial liabilities that are settled by delivering cash or another financial asset. The Group invests in relatively illiquid investments (mainly non-
listed equity and loans). As a closed-ended investment vehicle there are no automatic capital redemption rights. The Group manages liquidity 
risk by maintaining adequate cash reserves, banking facilities and reserve borrowing facilities and by continuously monitoring forecast and 
actual cash flows. Cash flow forecasts assume full availability of underlying infrastructure to the relevant public sector body or end-user. 
Failure to maintain assets available for use or operating in accordance with pre-determined performance standards or licence conditions may 
lead to a reduction (wholly or partially) in the investment income that the Group has projected to receive. The Directors review the underlying 
performance of each investment on a quarterly basis, allowing asset performance to be monitored. The terms of public-private partnership 
contractual mechanisms also allow for significant pass-down of unavailability and performance risk to sub-contractors. Regulated asset 
regimes allow for the pass through of efficiently incurred costs to the purchaser. The Group’s financial liabilities comprise trade and other 
payables, payable within 12 months of the year end, derivative financial instruments, and bank loans, repayable in June 2025 as disclosed 
under note 8.

11.4  FAIR VALUE HIERARCHY
All financial instruments for which fair value is recognised or disclosed are categorised within the fair value hierarchy, described as follows, 
based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement as a whole:

Level 1 —  Quoted market prices in an active market (that are unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities;

Level 2 —  Valuation techniques (for which the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement is directly or indirectly 

observable);

Level 3 — Valuation techniques (for which the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement is unobservable).

During the year, there were no transfers between Level 2 and Level 3 categories.

Level 1:
The Group has no financial instruments classified as Level 1.

Level 2:
This category includes derivative financial instruments such as interest rate swaps, RPI swaps and currency forward contracts.  
As at 31 December 2023, the Group’s only derivative financial instruments were currency forward contracts amounting to an asset 
of £1.4 million (December 2022: liability of £1.8 million).

Financial instruments classified as Level 2 have been valued using models whose inputs are observable in an active market (spot exchange 
rates, yield curves, interest rate curves). Valuations based on observable inputs include financial instruments such as swaps and forward 
contracts which are valued using market standard pricing techniques where all the inputs to the market standard pricing models 
are observable. 

Level 3:
This category consists of investments in equity and loan instruments in underlying unconsolidated subsidiary entities and other non-
controlled investments which are classified at fair value through profit or loss. At 31 December 2023, the fair value of financial instruments 
classified within Level 3 totaled £2,818.9 million (December 2022: £2,948.0 million). 

Financial instruments are classified within Level 3 if their valuation incorporates significant inputs that are not based on observable market 
data (unobservable inputs). A valuation input is considered observable if it can be directly observed from transactions in an active market, 
or if there is compelling external evidence demonstrating an executable exit price. 

Valuation process
Valuations are the responsibility of the Board of Directors. The valuation of unlisted equity and debt investments is performed on a quarterly1 
basis by the Investment Adviser. The valuation is reviewed by the senior members of the Investment Adviser and reviewed and approved by 
the Board. 

1 

Indicative valuations are calculated in respect of each at 31 March and 30 September.

International Public Partnerships Limited
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

97

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2023 continUeD

11.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS CONTINUED
11.4  FAIR VALUE HIERARCHY CONTINUED
Valuation methodology
The valuation methodologies used are primarily based on discounting the underlying investee entities’ future projected net cash flows 
at appropriate discount rates. Valuations are also reviewed against recent market transactions for similar assets in comparable markets 
observed by the Group or Investment Adviser and adjusted where appropriate.

Cash flow forecasts for the full-term of each underlying investment are generated by detailed investment specific financial models. 
These models forecast the dividend, shareholder loan interest payments, capital repayments and senior debt repayments (where applicable) 
expected from the underlying investments. The cash flows included in the forecasts used to determine fair value are typically fixed under 
contracts, however, there are certain variable cash flows which are based on management’s estimations (see also pages 28 to 29 of the 
strategic report). The significant unobservable inputs and assumptions used in projecting the Group’s net future cash flows are shown below.

Inflation rates

UK

Australia

New Zealand

Europe

Canada

US2

UK
Australia 
New Zealand
Europe 
Canada
US2

GBP/AUD
GBP/NZD
GBP/DKK
GBP/EUR 
GBP/CAD
GBP/USD

UK
Australia 
New Zealand
Europe
Canada
US2

Long-term 
deposit rates3

Foreign 
exchange rates

Tax rates4

31 December 2023
£’000s

31 December 2022
£’000s

RPI: 4.50% until Dec 2024, 3.00% until Dec 2025,
 2.75% thereafter1
CPIH: 3.25% until Dec 2024, 2.25% until Dec 2025,
2.00% thereafter
3.25% until Dec 2024, 3.00% until Dec 2025,
2.50% thereafter
2.75% until Dec 2024, 2.25% until Dec 2025,
2.25% thereafter
3.00% until Dec 2024, 2.25% until Dec 2025,
2.00% thereafter
2.75% until Dec 2024, 2.25% until Dec 2025,
2.00% thereafter
N/A

RPI: 8.00% until Dec 2023,  
2.75% thereafter 
CPIH: 7.00% until Dec 2023, 
2.00% thereafter
5.25% until Dec 2023, 3.00% until Dec 2024, 
2.50% thereafter
N/A

5.00% until Dec 2023, 2.50% until Dec 2024, 
2.00% thereafter
2.75% until Dec 2023,  
2.00% thereafter
N/A

2.50%
2.75%
2.50%
1.50%
2.50%
N/A

1.87
2.01
8.60
1.15
1.69
1.27

2.50%
2.75%
N/A
1.50%
2.50%
N/A

1.77
N/A
8.40
1.13
1.64
1.21

25.00%
30.00%
28.00%
Various (12.50% – 32.28%)
Various (23.00% – 26.50%)
N/A

19.00% / 25.00%5
30.00%
N/A
Various (12.50%–32.28%)
Various (23.00%–26.50%)
N/A

1  Where insufficient protections exist within project agreements or through regulatory precedent, RPI is assumed to align with CPIH post-2030.
2  The Company’s US investment is in the form of subordinated debt and therefore not directly impacted by inflation, deposit and tax rate assumptions. 
3  Actual current deposit rates being achieved are assumed to be maintained until 31 December 2024 before adjusting to the long-term rates noted in the table above from 1 January 2025. 

The 31 December 2023 valuation adjusted to the longer-term assumption from 1 January 2024.

4  Tax rates reflect those substantively enacted as at the valuation date or those that could reasonably be expected to be substantively enacted shortly after the valuation date.
5  The UK Government announced a corporate tax rate of 25% applicable from 1 April 2023 at the Spring Budget 2021. 

Discount rates
The discount rate used in the valuation of each investment is the aggregate of the following:

 – Yield on a government bond with a remaining term equivalent to (or as close as possible to) the investment being valued, issued by the 

national government for the location of the relevant investment (‘government bond yield’);

 – A premium to reflect the inherent greater risk in investing in infrastructure assets over government bonds;

98

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

overview

Strategic report

corporate governance

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 – A further premium to reflect the state of maturity of the asset with a larger premium applied to immature assets and/or assets in 

construction and/or to reflect any current asset specific or operational issues. Typically, this risk premium will reduce over the life of any 
asset as an asset matures, its operating performance becomes more established, and the risks associated with its future cash flows 
decrease. However, the rate may increase in relation to investments with unknown residual values at the end of the relevant concession 
life as that date nears;

 – A further adjustment reflective of market-based transaction valuation evidence for similar assets. Such adjustment is considered 

to implicitly include the market’s assessment of the risk posed by climate factors to that particular investment.

Over the year, the weighted average government bond yield increased by 112 bps. The weighted average investment premium marginally 
decreased, reflecting observable market-based evidence. Portfolio weighted average discount rates increased by 86 bps. 

Valuation assumptions

31 December 2023

31 December 2022

Weighted Average Government Bond Yield
Weighted Average Investment Risk Premium

Weighted Average Discount Rate

4.25%
4.12%

8.37%

3.13%
4.38%

7.51%

Movement

112 bps
(26 bps)

86 bps

Reconciliation of Level 3 fair value measurements of financial assets

Balance at 1 January 
Additional investments during the year
Net repayments during the year
Capitalisation of interest 
Net change in investments at fair value through profit or loss

Balance at 31 December 

31 December 2023
£’000s

31 December 2022
£’000s

2,947,959
108,088
(134,365)
20,301
(123,080)

2,818,903

2,579,434
191,604
(33,985)
–
210,906

2,947,959

11.5  SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS
The valuation requires management to make certain assumptions in relation to unobservable inputs to the model. There are no straight 
forward inter-relationships between the unobservable inputs. A sensitivity analysis for reasonably possible alternative assumptions is 
provided below:

Significant assumptions
31 December 2023

Discount rate

Inflation rate (overall)
UK (CPI/RPI)
Europe
North America
New Zealand
Australia

FX rate

Tax rate

Deposit rate

Significant assumptions
31 December 2022

Discount rate

Inflation rate (overall)
UK (CPI/RPI)
Europe
North America
Australia
FX rate

Tax rate

Deposit rate

Weighted average 
rate in base case 
valuations

8.37%

2.30%
2.00%/2.75%
2.00%
2.00%
2.25%
2.50%

Sensitivity 
factor

 + 1.00% 

 + 1.00% 
 + 1.00% 
 + 1.00% 
 + 1.00% 
 + 1.00% 
 + 1.00% 

Change in fair value 
of investment 
£’000s

Sensitivity 
factor

Change in fair value 
of investment 
£’000s

(241,561)

 – 1.00% 

288,391

235,302
185,918
35,488
626
5,437
7,836

 – 1.00% 
 – 1.00% 
 – 1.00% 
 – 1.00% 
 – 1.00% 
 – 1.00% 

(209,274)
(165,756)
(30,778)
(574)
(4,978)
(7,186)

78,962

13,784

 N/A 

 + 10.00% 

(78,956)

 – 10.00% 

25.48%

2.35%

 + 1.00% 

 + 1.00% 

(13,498)

 – 1.00% 

23,306

 – 1.00% 

(23,006)

Weighted average 
rate in base case 
valuations

7.51%

2.35%
2.00%/2.75%
2.00%
2.00%
2.50%
N/A

25.39%

1.02%

Sensitivity 
factor

+1.00%

+1.00%
+1.00%
+1.00%
+1.00%
+1.00%
+10.00%

+1.00%

+1.00%

Change in fair value 
of investment 
£’000s

(271,841)

260,036
211,400
39,054
821
8,761
72,128

(14,101)

24,235

Sensitivity 
factor

–1.00%

–1.00%
–1.00%
–1.00%
–1.00%
–1.00%
–10.00%

–1.00%

–1.00%

Change in fair value 
of investment 
£’000s

328,070

(227,357)
(183,950)
(33,901)
(764)
(8,742)
(72,132)

12,358

(24,100)

International Public Partnerships Limited
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

99

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2023 continUeD

INVESTMENT ACTIVITY

12. 
2023

Date of investment

Description

Consideration
£’000s

% Ownership  

post investment

March 2023

June 2023

The Group made a follow-on investment into a Building Schools for the 
Future asset, UK
The Group made an investment into a portfolio of New Zealand Social 
Infrastructure assets

Total capital spend on investments during the year

741

107,347

108,088

100.0%

100.0%

In addition to the new capital spend noted above, during the year, INPP also completed on transactions realising value from its existing 
portfolio. In July 2023, the Company sold its stake in Airband (held through NDIF) for c.£12 million. In December 2023, the Company 
completed a transaction to generate c.£200 million proceeds realising value from within its OFTO portfolio, which included repayment 
of the Company’s four senior debt investments in the OFTO portfolio. 

2022

Date of investment

Description

Consideration
£’000s

% Ownership  

post investment

April – June 2022

June 2022

June – July 2022

September 2022
December 2022
December 2022

The Group made further investments into the National Digital Infrastructure 
Fund, UK
The Group made follow-on investments into a portfolio of Building Schools 
for the Future assets, UK
The Group made a follow-on investment into the Diabolo Rail Link project, 
Belgium
The Group made a follow-on investment into Tideway, UK
The Group made a follow-on investment into FHSP, US
The Group made an investment in the East Anglia 1 offshore transmission 
project, UK

Total capital spend on investments during the year

1,205

1,455

4,753

41,943
36,507
105,741

191,604

45.0%

Various

100.0%

17.9%
100.0%
100.0%

31 December 2023
£’000s

31 December 2022
£’000s

41,813
1,484

43,297

40,327
3,769

44,096

31 December 2023
£’000s

31 December 2022
£’000s

9,820
1,227

11,047

9,798
4,121

13,919

13.  TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES

Accrued interest receivable
Other debtors 

Total trade and other receivables

14.  TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES

Accrued management fee
Other creditors and accruals

Total trade and other payables

100

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

overview

Strategic report

corporate governance

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

15.  SHARE CAPITAL AND RESERVES

Share capital

Authorised and in issue at 1 January
Issued for cash
Issued as a scrip dividend alternative

Authorised and in issue at 31 December – fully paid

Share capital

Balance at 1 January

Issued for cash (excluding issue costs)
Issued as a scrip dividend alternative

Total share capital issued in the year

Costs on issue of Ordinary Shares

Balance at 31 December

31 December 2023 
shares 
’000s

31 December 2022
shares
’000s

1,911,243
–
–

1,911,243

1,706,104
203,762
1,377

1,911,243

31 December 2023
£’000s

31 December 2022
£’000s

2,231,276

1,908,849

–
–

–

–

325,000
2,273

327,273

(4,846)

2,231,276

2,231,276

At present, the Company has one class of Ordinary Shares with a par value of 0.01 pence which carry no right to fixed income.

Other distributable reserve

Balance at 1 January
Movement in the year

Balance at 31 December

31 December 2023
£’000s

31 December 2022
£’000s

182,481
–

182,481

182,481
–

182,481

On 19 January 2007, the Company applied to the Royal Court of Guernsey, following the initial placing of shares, to reduce its share 
premium account. This was in order to provide a distributable reserve to enable the Company to repurchase its shares if and when 
the Board of Directors consider it beneficial to do so. Following court approval, the distributable reserve account was created.

Retained earnings

Balance at 1 January
Net profit for the year
Dividends paid1

Balance at 31 December

31 December 2023
£’000s

31 December 2022
£’000s

626,082
27,861
(151,562)

502,381

437,470
326,897
(138,285)

626,082

DIVIDENDS
The Board is satisfied that, in every respect, the solvency test as required by the Companies (Guernsey) Law, 2008, was satisfied for the 
proposed dividend and the dividends paid in respect of the year ended 31 December 2023.

The Board has approved interim dividends as follows: 

Amounts recognised as distributions to equity holders for the year ended 31 December 
Declared and proposed
Interim dividend for the period 1 January to 30 June 2023 was 4.06 pence per share 
(2022: 3.87 pence per share)
Interim dividend for the period 1 July to 31 December 2023 was 4.07 pence per share3 
(2022: 3.87 pence per share)

31 December 2023
£’000s

31 December 2022
£’000s

151,5622

138,285

77,596

77,788

73,965

73,965

1 
2 
3 

Includes scrip element of £nil in 2023 (December 2022: £2.3 million).
Includes the 2022 interim dividend for the period 1 July to 31 December 2022.
 The dividend for the period 1 July to 31 December 2023 was approved by the Board on 27 March 2024 and therefore has not been included as a liability in the balance sheet for the year 
ended 31 December 2023.

International Public Partnerships Limited
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

101

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2023 continUeD

15.  SHARE CAPITAL AND RESERVES CONTINUED
CAPITAL RISK MANAGEMENT
The Group seeks to efficiently manage its financial resources to ensure that it is able to continue as a going concern while providing 
improved returns to shareholders through the management of the debt and equity balances. The capital structure consists of the Group’s 
corporate debt facility and equity attributable to equity holders of the parent, comprising issued capital, reserves and retained earnings. 
The Group aims to deliver its objective by investing available cash and using leverage whilst maintaining sufficient liquidity to meet ongoing 
expenses and dividend payments. The Group’s investment policy is set out in the Corporate Governance Report on page 63.

The Group’s Investment Adviser reviews the capital structure on a semi-annual basis. As part of this review, the Investment Adviser considers 
the cost of capital and the associated risks.

16.  NET ASSETS PER SHARE

Net assets attributable to equity holders of the parent 

Number of shares
Ordinary Shares outstanding at the end of the year

Net assets per share (pence per share)

31 December 2023
£’000s

31 December 2022
£’000s

2,916,138

3,039,839

Number

Number

1,911,243,132

1,911,243,132

152.6

159.1

17.  RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Details of the Company’s significant consolidated and unconsolidated subsidiaries are included in note 20. 

During the year, Group companies entered into certain transactions with related parties that are not members of the Group but are related 
parties by reason of being in the same group as Amber Infrastructure Group Holdings Limited, which is the ultimate holding company of 
the Investment Adviser, Amber Fund Management Limited (‘AFML’).

Under the Investment Advisory Agreement (‘IAA’), AFML was appointed to provide investment advisory services to the Group including 
advising the Group as to the strategic management of its portfolio of investments.

AFML and International Public Partnerships GP Limited are subsidiary companies of Amber Infrastructure Group Holdings Limited 
(‘Amber Group’), in which Giles Frost is a Director and also a substantial shareholder.

Giles Frost is also a Director of International Public Partnerships Limited (the ‘Company’); International Public Partnerships Lux 1 Sarl; 
(a wholly owned subsidiary of the Group); and certain other companies in which the Group indirectly has an investment. The transactions 
with the Amber Group are considered related party transactions under IAS 24 ‘Related Party Disclosures’.

The Director’s fees of £55,525 (2022: £53,500) for Giles Frost’s directorship of the Company are paid to his employer, Amber Infrastructure 
Limited (a member of the Amber Group).

The amounts of the transactions in the year that were related party transactions are set out in the table below:

Related party expense in the Income Statement

Amounts owing to related parties in the Balance Sheet

For the year ended 
31 December 2023
£’000s

For the year ended 
31 December 2022
£’000s

At 31 December 2023
£’000s

At 31 December 2023
£’000s

International Public Partnerships GP Limited1
Amber Fund Management Limited2

Total

32,251
1,621

33,872

29,421
2,891

32,312

9,820
–

9,820

9,798
2,134

11,932

1  Represents amounts paid to related parties for investment advisory fees.
2  Represents amounts paid to related parties to acquire or make investments or advisory fees associated with investments which are subsequently recorded in the balance sheet.

102

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

overview

Strategic report

corporate governance

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

INVESTMENT ADVISORY ARRANGEMENTS
Investment advisory fees payable during the year are calculated as follows:

For existing construction assets:

 – 1.2% per annum of gross asset value of investments bearing construction risk. 

For existing fully operational assets:

 – 1.2% per annum of the gross asset value (‘GAV’) excluding uncommitted cash from capital raisings up to £750 million;

 – 1.0% per annum where GAV (excluding uncommitted cash from capital raisings) is between £750 million and £1.5 billion;

 – 0.9% per annum where GAV (excluding uncommitted cash from capital raisings) is between £1.5 billion and £2.75 billion;

 – 0.8% per annum where GAV (excluding uncommitted cash from capital raisings) value exceeds £2.75 billion

Asset origination fees in connection with new acquisitions are charged at a rate of 1.5% of the value of new acquisitions.

The IAA can be terminated where less than 95% of the Group’s assets are available for use for certain periods and the Investment Adviser 
fails to implement a remediation plan agreed with the Group. The IAA may also be terminated by either party giving to the other five years 
notice of termination, expiring at any time after 10 years from the date of the IAA.

As at 31 December 2023, the Amber Group held 8,002,379 (December 2022: 8,002,379) shares in the Company. The shares held by the 
Investment Adviser in the Company helps further strengthen the alignment of interests between the two parties. 

TRANSACTIONS WITH DIRECTORS
Shares acquired by Directors in the year are disclosed below:

Mike Gerrard
Julia Bond
Stephanie Coxon
Sally Ann David
Meriel Lenfestey
John Le Poidevin
Giles Frost
Claire Whittet (retired May 2022)

Total purchased

Number of New Ordinary Shares

Year ended 
31 December 2023

Year ended 
31 December 2022

36,342
8,152
–
–
–
–
–
–

44,494

84,266
34,098
10,000
–
15,163
167,245
–
37,854

348,626

Remuneration paid to the Non-Executive Directors is disclosed on page 69. Directors received dividends on total shares held as disclosed 
on page 69, in accordance with the approved dividends detailed under note 15.

18.  CONTINGENT LIABILITIES AND COMMITMENTS
As at 31 December 2023, the Group has committed funding of up to c.£19.7 million (December 2022: c.£145.6 million), which includes 
committed investment amounts as noted in the Strategic Report on pages 16 to 17, and a deferred commitment of c.£3.3 million for 
BeNEX (December 2022: £12.5 million) which is due to be settled from future returns generated by BeNEX.

There were no other contingent liabilities at the date of this Report.

19.  EVENTS AFTER BALANCE SHEET
In January 2024, the Company commenced a share buyback programme of up to £30 million, expected to run for 12 months. As at the 
date of this Report, c.£5 million shares have been bought back by the Company. Following the year end, the Company commenced its 
funding of the Flinders project, investing c.AUD 7 million by the date of this Report. In February 2024, the Company invested c.£77 million 
in the Moray East OFTO project, its eleventh OFTO investment.

International Public Partnerships Limited
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

103

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2023 continUeD

20.  OTHER MANDATORY DISCLOSURES
NEW STANDARDS THAT THE GROUP HAS APPLIED FROM 1 JANUARY 2023
Standards and amendments to standards applicable to the Group that became effective during the year are listed below. These have no 
material impact on the reported performance or financial statements of the Group. 

 – Disclosure of Accounting policies (Amendments to IAS 1 and IFRS Practice statement 2) (1 January 2023);

 – Definition of Accounting Estimates (Amendments to IAS 8) (1 January 2023);

 – Amendments to IAS 1 Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-current (1 January 2023)

STANDARDS ISSUED BUT NOT YET EFFECTIVE
Standards applicable to the Group which are issued but not yet effective up to the date of issuance of the Group’s financial statements are 
listed below. This listing is of standards and interpretations issued, which the Group reasonably expects to be applicable at a future date. 
The Group intends to adopt these standards when they become effective, however does not currently anticipate the standards to have 
a significant impact on the Group’s financial statements. Current assumptions regarding the impact of future standards will remain under 
consideration in light of interpretation notes as and when they are issued.

 – Amendments to IAS 7 and IFRS 7 Supplier finance arrangements (1 January 2024);

 – Amendments to IAS 1 Classification of liabilities (1 January 2024)

UNCONSOLIDATED SUBSIDIARIES
A list of the significant investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries, including the name, country of incorporation as at 31 December 2023 
and proportion of ownership is shown below:

Name

Abingdon Limited Partnership
Aggregator PLC
Access Justice Durham Limited
AKS Betriebs GmbH & Co. KG 
Arden Partnership (Derby) Limited
Arden Partnership (Lincolnshire) Limited
Arden Partnership (Leicester) Limited
ASV Project LP
BBPP Alberta Schools Limited
Blackburn with Darwen Phase 1 Limited
Blackburn with Darwen Phase 2 Limited
BPSL No. 2 Limited Partnership
Building Schools for the Future Investments LLP
Calderdale Schools Partnership
CHP Unit Trust
Derby City BSF Limited
Derbyshire Courts Limited Partnership
Derbyshire Schools 
Derbyshire Schools Phase Two Partnership
Essex Schools Limited
Future Ealing Phase 1 Limited
Future Schools Partners LP
4 Futures Phase 1 Limited
4 Futures Phase 2 Limited
Hertfordshire Schools Building Partnership Phase 1 Limited
H&W Courts Limited Partnership
INPP Infrastructure Germany GmbH & Co. KG 
Inspire Partnership Limited Partnership
IPP CCC Limited Partnership 
Inspiredspaces Durham (Project Co 1) Limited
Kent PFI (Project Co 1) Limited
Inspiredspaces Nottingham (Project Co 1) Limited
Inspiredspaces Nottingham (Project Co 2) Limited
Inspiredspaces STaG (Project Co 1) Limited
Inspiredspaces StaG (Project Co 2) Limited

104

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

Place of incorporation 
(or registration) and 
operation

Proportion of  
ownership  
interest %

UK
UK
Canada
Germany
UK
UK
UK
New Zealand
Canada
UK
UK
UK
UK
UK
Australia
UK
UK
UK
UK
UK
UK
New Zealand
UK
UK
UK
UK
Germany
UK
Ireland
UK
UK
UK
UK
UK
UK

100
100
100
98
50
50
50
100
 100
100
100
100
100
100
100
90
100
100
100
100
100
100
90
90
100
100
100
100
100
100
58
90
90
90.1
90.1

overview

Strategic report

corporate governance

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Name

Inspiredspaces Wolverhampton (Project Co 1) Limited
Transform Islington (Phase 1) Limited
Transform Islington (Phase 2) Limited
IPP (Moray Schools) Holdings Limited
Maesteg School Partnership
Next Step Partners LP
Northampton Schools Limited Partnership
Northern Diabolo N.V.
Oldham BSF Limited
OPP Hobro Tinglysningsret A/S
OPP Ørstedskolen A/S
OPP Vildbjerg Skole A/S
OPP Randers P-Hus A/A
PSBP Midlands Limited
Pinnacle Healthcare (OAHS) Trust
Plot B Partnership
ShapEd NZ LP
St Thomas More School Partnership
PPP Solutions (Long Bay) Partnership
PPP Solutions (Showgrounds) Trust
Strathclyde Limited Partnership
TH Schools Limited Partnership
TC Robin Rigg OFTO Limited
TC Barrow OFTO Limited
TC Gunfleet Sands OFTO Limited
TC Ormonde OFTO Limited
TC Lincs OFTO Limited
TC Westermost Rough OFTO Limited
TC Dudgeon OFTO PLC
TC Beatrice OFTO Limited
TC Rampion OFTO Limited
TC East Anglia OFTO Limited

Place of incorporation 
(or registration) and 
operation

Proportion of  
ownership  
interest %

UK
UK
UK
UK
UK
New Zealand
UK
Belgium
UK
Denmark
Denmark
Denmark
Denmark
UK
Australia
UK
New Zealand
UK
Australia
Australia
UK
UK
UK
UK
UK
UK
UK
UK
UK
UK
UK
UK

100
90
90
100
100
100
100
100
99
66.7
66.7
66.7
66.7
92.5
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100

The entities listed above in aggregate represent 54.7% (December 2022: 55.0%) of investments at fair value through profit or loss. 
The remaining fair value is driven from joint ventures, associate interests and minority stakes held by the Group. 

CONSOLIDATED SUBSIDIARIES
The subsidiary undertakings of the Company, all of which have been included in these consolidated financial statements are as follows:

Name

International Public Partnerships Limited Partnership 
International Public Partnerships Lux 1 Sarl
International Public Partnerships Lux 2 Sarl
IPP Bond Limited
IPP Holdings 1 Limited
IPP Investments UK Limited
IPP Investments Limited Partnership

Place of incorporation 
(or registration) and 
operation

Proportion of  
ownership  
interest %

UK
Luxembourg
Luxembourg
UK
UK
UK
UK

100
100
100
100
100
100
100

International Public Partnerships Limited
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

105

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2023 continUeD

INVESTMENTS

21. 
The Group holds 143 investments across energy transmission, education, transport, health, courts, waste water, police, military housing 
and other sectors. The table below sets out the Group’s investments that are recorded at fair value through profit or loss.

Investment Name

UK
UK PPP Assets
Calderdale Schools
Derbyshire Schools Phase Two
Northamptonshire Schools
Derbyshire Courts
Derbyshire Schools Phase One
North Wales Police HQ
St Thomas More Schools
Tower Hamlets Schools 
Norfolk Police HQ
Strathclyde Police Training Centre
Hereford & Worcester Courts
Abingdon Police Station 
Bootle Government Offices
Maesteg Schools
Moray Schools
Liverpool Library
Three Shires – Derbyshire
Three Shires – Leicestershire
Three Shires – Lincolnshire
Townlands Hospital
Priority Schools Building Aggregator Programme
Batch 1 – Schools in North East England
Batch 2 – Schools in Hertfordshire, 
Luton and Reading
Batch 3 – Schools in North West of England
Batch 4 – Schools in the Midlands Region
Batch 5 – Schools in Yorkshire
OFTOs
Robin Rigg OFTO
Gunfleet Sands OFTO
Barrow OFTO
Ormonde OFTO
Lincs OFTO
Westermost Rough OFTO
Dudgeon OFTO
Beatrice OFTO
Rampion OFTO
East Anglia OFTO

Country

Status at 
31 December 2023

Per cent. Risk Capital
owned by the Group1

Investment end

UK
UK
UK
UK
UK
UK
UK
UK
UK
UK
UK
UK
UK
UK
UK
UK
UK
UK
UK
UK

UK
UK

UK
UK
UK

UK
UK
UK
UK
UK
UK
UK
UK
UK
UK

Operational
Operational
Operational
Operational
Operational
Operational
Operational
Operational
Operational
Operational
Operational
Operational
Operational
Operational
Operational
Operational
Operational
Operational
Operational
Operational

Operational
Operational 

Operational
Operational
Operational

Operational
Operational
Operational
Operational
Operational
Operational
Operational
Operational
Operational
Operational

100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
50.0
50.0
50.0
100.0

0.02
0.02

0.02
92.52
0.02

100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0

April 2030
February 2032
 December 2037
August 2028
April 2029
December 2028
April 2028
August 2027
December 2036
September 2026
September 2025
April 2030
 December 2022
 July 2033
 February 2042 
 November 2037
October 2037
June 2037
May 2038
November 2041

 August 2040
November 2040

 August 2041
 December 2041
 September 2041

 March 2031
 July 2031
 March 2030
July 2032
 November 2034
February 2036
November 2038
April 2045
November 2041
December 2044

1  Risk Capital includes project-level equity and/or subordinated shareholder debt.
2 

Investment contains senior or mezzanine debt in addition to any Risk Capital ownership shown.

106

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

overview

Strategic report

corporate governance

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Investment Name

Building Schools for the Future Portfolio
Minority Shareholdings in 17 
Building Schools for the Future Projects
Blackburn with Darwen Phase One
Blackburn with Darwen Phase Two
Derby City 
Durham Schools 
Ealing Schools Phase One
Essex Phase Two
Hertfordshire Schools Phase One
Islington Phase One
Islington Phase Two
Lewisham Phase 1
Lewisham Phase 2
Lewisham Phase 3
Lewisham Phase 4
Oldham Schools
Tameside Schools One
Tameside Schools Two
Nottingham Schools One 
Nottingham Schools Two 
South Tyneside and Gateshead Schools One
South Tyneside and Gateshead Schools Two
Southwark Phase One
Southwark Phase Two
Wolverhampton Schools Phase One 
Wolverhampton Schools Phase Two
Kent Schools 
NHS LIFT Portfolio
Beckenham Hospital
Garland Road Health Centre
Alexandra Avenue Primary Care Centre, Monks Park 
Health Centre (two projects)
Gem Centre Bentley Bridge, Phoenix Centre 
(two projects)
Sudbury Health Centre
Mt Vernon
Lakeside
Fishponds Primary Care Centre, Hampton House 
Health Centre (two projects)
Shirehampton Primary Care Centre, Whitchurch 
Primary Care Centre (two projects)
Blackbird Leys Health Centre, East Oxford Care 
Centre (two projects)
Brierley Hill
Ridge Hill Learning Disabilities Centre, Stourbridge 
Health & Social Care Centre (two projects)
Harrow NRC (three projects)
Goscote Palliative Care Centre
South Bristol Community Hospital
East London LIFT Project One (four projects)
East London LIFT Project Two (three projects)
East London LIFT Project Three (Newby Place)
East London LIFT Project Four (two projects)
Eltham Community Hospital

Country

Status at 
31 December 2023

Per cent. Risk Capital
owned by the Group1

Investment end

UK
UK
UK
UK
UK
UK
UK
UK
UK
UK
UK
UK
UK
UK
UK
UK
UK
UK
UK
UK
UK
UK
UK
UK
UK
UK

UK
UK

UK

UK
UK
UK
UK

UK

UK

UK
UK

UK
UK
UK
UK
UK
UK
UK
UK
UK

Operational
Operational
Operational
Operational
Operational
Operational
Operational
Operational
Operational
Operational
Operational
Operational
Operational
Operational
Operational
Operational
Operational
Operational
Operational
Operational
Operational
Operational
Operational
Operational
Operational
Operational

Operational
Operational

Operational

Operational
Operational
Operational
Operational

Operational

Operational

Operational
Operational

Operational
Operational
Operational
Operational
Operational
Operational
Operational
Operational
Operational

Various
100.0
100.0
90.0
100.0
80.0
100.0
100.0
90.0
90.0
90.0
90.0
90.0
81.0
99.0
46.0
46.0
90.0
90.0
90.1
90.1
90.0
90.0
100.0
100.0
58.0

49.8
49.8

49.8

49.8
49.8
49.8
49.8

33.4

33.4

33.4
34.3

34.3
49.8
49.8
33.4
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
49.8

Various
September 2036
September 2039
August 2037
January 2036
 March 2038
December 2036
August 2037
August 2034
March 2039
December 2034
August 2037
August 2037
March 2038
August 2037
August 2036
August 2037
August 2034
August 2038
October 2034
 September 2036
 January 2036
 December 2036
September 2037
August 2040
August 2035

 December 2033
 December 2031

 June 2031

 December 2030
 November 2032
 December 2033
 November 2032

 January 2031

 May 2032

 May 2031
 April 2035

 October 2031
 June 2034
 November 2035
 February 2042
 October 2030
 April 2033
 May 2037
 August 2036
January 2040

International Public Partnerships Limited
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

107

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2023 continUeD

Investment Name

Other UK
Angel Trains 
Tideway
Cadent
National Digital Infrastructure Fund
Australia
Royal Melbourne Showgrounds
Long Bay Forensic & Prisons Hospital Project
Reliance Rail
Royal Children’s Hospital 
Orange Hospital 
NSW Schools
Gold Coast Light Rail
Victoria Schools Two
Flinders University
New Zealand
NZ Schools 1 
NZ Schools 2 
NZ Schools 3 
Auckland Prison 
ASV 
North America
Alberta Schools
Durham Courts
FHSP
Europe (excl. UK)
Diabolo Rail Link 
Dublin Courts 
BeNEX 
Federal German Ministry of Education and Research 
Headquarters
Pforzheim Schools
Offenbach Police Centre
Hobro Court
Randers Hospital Parking Facility
Ørsted School
Vildbjerg School

Country

Status at 
31 December 2023

Per cent. Risk Capital
owned by the Group1

Investment end

UK
UK
UK
UK

Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia

New Zealand
New Zealand
New Zealand
New Zealand
New Zealand

Canada
Canada
US

Belgium
Ireland
Germany

Germany
Germany
Germany
Denmark
Denmark
Denmark
Denmark

Operational
Construction
Operational
Operational

Operational
Operational
Operational
Operational
Operational
Operational
Operational
Operational
Construction

Operational
Operational
Operational
Operational
Operational

Operational
Operational
Operational

Operational
Operational
Operational

Operational
Operational
Construction
Operational
Operational
Operational
Operational

10.0
17.9
7.25
45.0

100.0
100.0
33.0
100.0
100.0
25.0
30.0
100.0
100.0

100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0

 December 2061
 March 2150
 June 2069
July 2027

 August 2031
 July 2034
 February 2044
 December 2036
 December 2035
 December 2035
 May 2029
 December 2042
March 2049

December 2037
December 2042
December 2043
June 2043
 June 2045

100.0
100.0
100.02 

 June 2040
 November 2039
 October 2052

100.0
100.0
100.0

 June 2047
 February 2035
 December 2049

98.0
98.0
45.0
66.7
66.7
66.7
66.7

 July 2041
 September 2039
 June 2050
December 2027
April 2041
June 2038
December 2036

1  Risk Capital includes project level equity and/or subordinated shareholder debt.
2 

Investment contains senior or mezzanine debt in addition to any Risk Capital ownership shown.

108

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

GLOSSARY 
INCLUDING ALTERNATIVE PERFORMANCE MEASURES 

AGM
The Company’s Annual General Meeting

AIC
Association of Investment Companies

AIF
Alternative Investment Fund

CDF
The Company’s corporate debt facility 

CEF
Connecting Europe Facility

CMA
Competition and Markets Authority

AIFMD
Alternative Investment Fund Managers Directive

CSR
Corporate Social Responsibility

AFML
Amber Fund Management Limited, a member of the Amber Group

CPI
Consumer Price Index

AMBER/AMBER INFRASTRUCTURE
The Company’s Investment Adviser (Amber Fund Management 
Limited and its corporate group)

AMBER GROUP
Amber Infrastructure Group Holdings Limited and its subsidiaries

CPIH
CPI (including owner occupied housing costs)

CSRD
Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive

APMS
In accordance with ESMA Guidelines on Alternative Performance 
Measures (‘APMs’) the Board has considered what APMs are 
included in the Annual Report and financial statements which 
require further clarification. An APM is defined as a financial measure 
of historical or future financial performance, financial position, or 
cash flows, other than a financial measure defined or specified in 
the applicable financial reporting framework. APMs included in the 
Annual Report and financial statements are identified as non-GAAP 
measures and are defined within this Glossary

ARC
The Company’s Audit and Risk Committee

ASCE
American Society of Civil Engineers

AVERAGE NAV
Average of published NAVs for the relevant periods

BEPS
Base Erosion and Profit Shifting

BESS
British Energy Security Strategy

BSF
Building Schools for Future Projects

DIVIDEND GROWTH
Non-GAAP measure. Represents the growth in dividend per share 
paid to shareholders compared to the prior year. This measure 
provides information on the Company’s dividend performance. 
Dividends paid and number of issued shares can be found disclosed 
in the financial statements and notes to the financial statements

DIVIDEND PER SHARE 
Non-GAAP measure. Represents dividends paid per Ordinary Share 
issued, as disclosed in the financial statements. This measure 
provides information on the Company’s dividend performance. 
Dividends paid and number of issued shares can be found disclosed 
in the financial statements and notes to the financial statements

EAT
European Assets Trust

EFRAG
European Financial Reporting Advisory Group

ESG
Environmental, Social and Governance

EU TAXONOMY
EU Taxonomy for Sustainable Activities 

FCA 
Financial Conduct Authority

CASH DIVIDEND COVER 
Non-GAAP measure. Cash dividend payments to investors covered 
by the Net operating cash flow before capital activity. This measure 
shows the sustainability of the cash dividend payments made by the 
Company. Net operating cash flows before capital activity include 
net repayments from investments at fair value through profit and loss 
and finance costs paid and exclude investment transaction costs 
when compared to net cash inflows from operations as disclosed 
in the statutory cash flow statement in the financial statements

FHSP
The Company’s Family Housing for Service Personnel investment

FMP
Financial Market Participant

FP
Financial Project

FRC
The Financial Reporting Council

International Public Partnerships Limited
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

109

 
GLOSSARY 
INCLUDING ALTERNATIVE PERFORMANCE MEASURES continUeD

GAV
Gross asset value

GDNS
Gas distribution networks

GFSC
The Guernsey Financial Services Commission

GHG
Greenhouse gas emissions

GRESB INFRASTRUCTURE
The Infrastructure Asset Assessment assesses ESG performance 
at the asset level for infrastructure asset operators, fund managers 
and investors that invest directly in infrastructure

GSLL
Green Sustainability-Linked Loan

HMRB
Flinders University Health and Medical Research Building

IAA
Investment Advisory Agreement

IFRS
International Financial Reporting Standards

IIJA
Infrastructure Investment and Jobs Act

INTERNATIONAL PUBLIC PARTNERSHIPS LIMITED
The ‘Company’, ‘INPP’, the ‘Group’ (where including 
consolidated entities)

INVESTMENT ADVISER
Amber (see above) 

IPA
Infrastructure and Projects Authority

IPO
Initial public offering

IRA
Inflation Reduction Act

IRR
The internal rate of return

ISA
Individual Savings Account

KID
The Company’s Key Information Document

KPIs
Key performance indicators 

LIBOR
The London Inter-Bank Offered Rate is an interest-rate average 
calculated from estimates submitted by the leading banks in London

NDIF
National Digital Infrastructure Fund

NET ASSET VALUE (‘NAV’)
Non-GAAP measure. Represents the equity attributable to equity 
holders of the parent in the Balance Sheet. This terminology is used 
as it is common investment sector terminology and so is the most 
understandable to the users of the Annual Report. Components of 
NAV are further discussed throughout the Annual Report, including 
from page 30

NET ASSET VALUE (‘NAV’) PER SHARE
Non-GAAP measure. Represents the equity attributable per share to 
equity holders of the parent in the Balance Sheet. This terminology 
is used as it is common investment sector terminology and so is the 
most understandable to the users of the Annual Report

NET OPERATING CASH FLOWS BEFORE CAPITAL ACTIVITY
Non-GAAP measure. Represents the cash flows from the 
Company’s operations before capital activity relating to the 
acquisition of new investments, issues of new capital or payment 
of dividends. This approach is used to provide investors with an 
indication of cash flows generated from operational activity and is 
used as part of the cash dividend cover calculations. Components 
of net operating cash flows before capital activity are further 
discussed throughout the Annual Report, including from page 28

NET ZERO
Net zero refers to balancing the amount of emitted greenhouse 
gases with the equivalent emissions that are either offset or 
sequestered. This should primarily be achieved through a rapid 
reduction in carbon emissions, but where zero carbon cannot be 
achieved, offsetting through carbon credits or sequestration through 
rewilding or carbon capture and storage needs to be utilised

NIS
National Infrastructure Strategy

OECD
Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development

OFGEM
Office of Gas and Electricity Markets

ISSB
International Sustainability Standards Board

OFTO
Offshore Electricity Transmission project

HUNT
Amber’s long-term investor, US Group, Hunt Companies LLC

OFWAT
Water Services Regulation Authority

110

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

PAI
SFDR Principal Adverse Impacts

SDR
The proposed UK Sustainability Disclosure Requirements

PCAF
Partnership for Carbon Accounting Financials

SFDR
The EU Sustainable Finance Disclosure Regulation

PEPS
Personal Equity Plan account

PFI
Projects and private finance initiative

SID
Senior Independent Director

SIPPS
A self-invested personal pension

PORTFOLIO INFLATION-LINKED RETURN / INFLATION-
LINKED CASH FLOWS
Non-GAAP measure. Calculated by running a ‘plus 1.00%’ inflation 
sensitivity for each investment and solving each investment’s 
discount rate to return the original valuation. The inflation-linked 
cash flows is the increase in the portfolio weighted average discount 
rate. This measure provides an indication of the portfolio’s inflation 
protection. There is no near comparable in the financial statements

PPP
Public-private partnerships

PRI
The UN-backed Principles for Responsible Investment

PRIIPS
Packaged Retail and Insurance-based Investment Product

PwC
The Company’s auditors PricewaterhouseCoopers CI LLP

RNS
Regulatory news service

ROSCO
Rolling stock leasing company

RPI
UK Retail Price Index

RTS
EU Commission’s Regulatory Technical Standards relating 
to the SFDR

SCOPE 1 EMISSIONS
Direct emissions from owned or controlled sources

SCOPE 2 EMISSIONS
Indirect emissions from the generation of purchased energy

SCOPE 3 EMISSIONS
All indirect emissions (not included in Scope 2) that occur in the 
value chain of the reporting company, including both upstream 
and downstream emissions

SDGS
Sustainable Development Goals

SONIA
SONIA is the effective reference for overnight indexed swaps 
for unsecured transactions in the Sterling market

SPV
Special Purpose Vehicle

TCFD
Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures

THE COMPANY
International Public Partnerships Limited

TOCs
Train operating companies

TOTAL SHAREHOLDER RETURN (‘TSR’)
Non-GAAP measure. Share price appreciation plus dividends 
assumed to be reinvested since IPO. The total return based on the 
NAV appreciation plus dividends paid since the IPO. There is no 
direct reconciliation to the financial statements, being a calculation 
instead derived from the Company’s share price. However, a nearest 
comparison were this measure based on a figure in the financial 
statements is provided in the Strategic Report, Investor Relations, 
Total Shareholder Return paragraph

TNFD
Taskforce on Nature-related Financial Disclosures

TRANSITION RISK
Transition risks include policy changes, reputational impacts, and 
shifts in market preferences, norms and technology. Transition 
opportunities include those driven by resource efficiency and the 
development of new technologies, products and services, which 
could capture new markets and sources of funding

UNGC
UN Global Compact 

WACI
Weighted Average Carbon Intensity

WTW
Willis Towers Watson

International Public Partnerships Limited
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

111

KEY CONTACTS

INVESTMENT ADVISER
Amber Fund Management Limited
3 More London Riverside
London
SE1 2AQ

REGISTERED OFFICE
PO Box 286
Floor 2, Trafalgar Court
Les Banques 
Guernsey 
Channel Islands
GY1 4LY

ADMINISTRATOR AND  
COMPANY SECRETARY
Ocorian Administration (Guernsey) Limited 
PO Box 286
Floor 2, Trafalgar Court
Les Banques 
Guernsey 
Channel Islands
GY1 4LY

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR
PricewaterhouseCoopers CI LLP
PO Box 321
Royal Bank Place
1 Glategny Esplanade
St Peter Port
Guernsey
Channel Islands
GY1 4ND

LEGAL ADVISER
Carey Olsen
PO Box 98, Carey House
Les Banques
Guernsey
Channel Islands
GY1 4BZ

CORPORATE BANKER
Royal Bank of Scotland International
1 Glategny Esplanade
St Peter Port
Guernsey
Channel Islands
GY1 4BQ

CORPORATE BROKERS
Numis Securities Limited
31 Gresham Street
London
EC2V 7QA

PUBLIC RELATIONS
FTI Consulting
200 Aldersgate
Aldersgate Street
London
EC1A 4HD

112

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

International Public Partnerships Limited
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

113

SFDR PERIODIC REPORTING REQUIREMENTS (unaudited) Product name: International Public Partnerships Ltd (the ‘Company’) Legal entity identifier: International Public Partnerships Ltd (2138002AJT55TI5M4W30) Environmental and/or social characteristics Did this financial product have a sustainable investment objective? Yes No It made sustainable investments with an environmental objective: ___% in economic activities that qualify as environmentally sustainable under the EU Taxonomy in economic activities that do not qualify as environmentally sustainable under the EU Taxonomy It promoted Environmental/Social (E/S) characteristics and while it did not have as its objective a sustainable investment, it had a proportion of __% of sustainable investments with an environmental objective in economic activities that qualify as environmentally sustainable under the EU Taxonomy with an environmental objective in economic activities that do not qualify as environmentally sustainable under the EU Taxonomy with a social objective It made sustainable investments with a social objective: ___% It promoted E/S characteristics, but did not make any sustainable investments Sustainable investment means an investment in an economic activity that contributes to an environmental or social objective, provided that the investment does not significantly harm any environmental or social objective and that the investee companies follow good governance practices.The EU Taxonomy  is a classification system laid down in Regulation (EU) 2020/852, establishing a list of environmentally sustainable economic activities. That Regulation does not lay down a list of socially sustainable economic activities.  Sustainable investments with an environmental objective might be aligned with the Taxonomy or not.To  what  extent  were  the  environmental  and/or  social  characteristics 
promoted by this financial product met? 

Through  its  investments  in  infrastructure  that  support  a  sustainable  society,  the  Company  promotes 
environmental and social characteristics but does not have sustainable investment as its objective  and 
does not invest in sustainable investments, as defined under the SFDR.  

The Company has strengthened the alignment of its investment activity with the objectives of the Paris 
Agreement,  the  recommendations  of  the  Taskforce  on  Climate-related  Financial  Disclosures  (‘TCFD’) 
and investments that positively contribute towards the UN Sustainable Development Goals (‘SDGs’).

In  the  course  of  the  relevant  reporting  period,  the  Company  ensured  that  these  environmental  and 
social characteristics were met in accordance with the Company’s internal policies and procedures, and 
in the following ways: 

(a) 

Sustainable Development Goal Alignment

The Company draws on the SDGs to demonstrate the positive environmental and social characteristics of  its 
investments.    Please  refer  to  page  42  of  this  Report  for  more  information  on  the  Company’s approach  to 
SDG  alignment,  and  contribution  during  the  period.  This  page  highlights  the  primary  SDGs  that  are 
supported by the Company’s investments, alongside alignment of the full portfolio by fair value. 

(b) 

Alignment with INPP Exclusion criteria

All investments met the Company’s exclusion criteria, which are summarised below. 

The  Company  did  not 
infrastructure  projects  or  associated  businesses  that  had  not 
demonstrated  the  ability  or  willingness  to  manage  current  and  future  ESG  risks  effectively,  unless  as  a 
result  of  its involvement, the Company determined it would be able to significantly improve its ESG credentials.  

invest 

in 

This means the Company did not invest in businesses or sectors relating to arms, tobacco, pornography, 
gambling, alcohol or any other sectors that have the potential to lead to human rights abuses. Equally, 
the  Company  did  not  invest  in  any  infrastructure  assets  or  associated  businesses  that  had  an 
unacceptable  impact  on  the  environment.  The  Company  aligned  its  investment  activities  with  the 
objectives  of  the  Paris  Agreement  and  did  not  invest  in  any  infrastructure  projects  or  associated 
businesses that do not have the potential to support/align with a low-carbon future.  

Finally, the Company did not invest in infrastructure or associated businesses that have a track record of;

•

•

•

Corrupt practices

Poor governance and ethics practices; or

Poor safety or environmental management.

Except for the exclusions stated above, the Company does not typically exclude infrastructure companies, 
sectors or asset types based on any particular activity or ESG exposure. Instead, the Company prefers to 
engage with the investments in its portfolio and use its position to influence positive change.  

(c) 

Alignment with INPP’s minimum Governance standards

100% of the portfolio aligned with the Company’s minimum Governance standards. Please refer to 
page 43 of this report for more information.

(d) 

ESG incorporated through the investment process

ESG was considered for all new investments, following the process summarised below. 

The consideration of ESG risks and opportunities is a formal element of the investment origination process. 
Following a review against the Company’s exclusion criteria, every investment opportunity  underwent a 
detailed  screening  and  due  diligence  process,  which  considered  both  potentially  negative  and  positive 
impacts. In line with international industry practice, potential investments were categorised as follows:  

114

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

International Public Partnerships Limited
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

115

•Category A – Investments with the potential to cause adverse environmental and social risks and/orimpacts that are diverse, irreversible or unprecedented in the absence of mitigation;•Category B – Investments with potential limited adverse environmental and social risks and/or impacts that are few in number, generally site-specific, largely reversible and readily addressedthrough mitigation measures; and•Category C – Investments with minimal or no adverse environmental and social risks and/or impacts.This categorisation then determined the level of due diligence undertaken. For further information regarding ESG integration across the investment life cycle, please see page 10  of the Sustainability Report.  How did the sustainability indicators perform? Information regarding the performance of the Company’s investments against its Sustainable Development Goal alignment and sustainability indicators are provided on pages 42 and 45 of this Report and pages 23 and 27 of the Company’s Sustainability Report. In addition, 100% of investments met the Company’s exclusion criteria, minimum governance standards and ESG incorporation into the investment process.  …and compared to previous periods? Information regarding the performance of the company's investments against its sustainability indicators, in comparison to the previous period, is provided on page 45 of this report and page 27 of the Company’s Sustainability Report. Similarly, we confirm that there is no change to meeting the Company’s exclusion criteria, minimum governance standards and ESG incorporation into the investment process. Please see a comparison of Sustainable Development Goal alignment below. 2023 2022 Patients treated in healthcare facilities developed and maintained by the Company >610,000>650,000Students attending schools developed and maintained by the Company > 180,000>173,000Estimated equivalent number of homes powered by renewable energy transmitted through offshore transmission investments >2,700,000>2,700,000Jobs supported across all investments >10,400>12,500Annual passenger journeys through sustainable transport investments > 212,000,000>154,000,000The three components of the London Tideway Improvements will work conjunctively to reduce discharges in a typical year by about 37 million cubic metres 37,000,000 m3 37,000,000 m3 Sustainability indicators measure how the environmental or social characteristics promoted by the financial product are attained. Principal 
adverse impacts 
are the most 
significant 
negative impacts 
of investment 
decisions on 
sustainability 
factors relating 
to 
environmental, 
social and 
employee 
matters, respect 
for human
rights, anti‐
corruption and
anti‐bribery
matters.

What  were  the  objectives  of  the  sustainable  investments  that  the  financial  product 
partially made and how did the sustainable investment contribute to such objectives?  

The  Company promotes  environmental  or  social  characteristics  but  does  not  have  as  its  objective  sustainable 
investment. 

How did the sustainable investments that the financial product partially made not cause 
significant harm to any environmental or social sustainable investment objective? 

How  were  the  indicators  for  adverse  impacts  on  sustainability  factors  taken  into 
account?  

Not applicable 

Were  sustainable  investments  aligned  with  the  OECD  Guidelines  for  Multinational 
Enterprises and the UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights? Details:  

Not applicable 

The  EU  Taxonomy  sets  out  a  “do  not  significant  harm”  principle  by  which 
Taxonomy-aligned  investments  should  not  significantly  harm  EU  Taxonomy 
objectives and is accompanied by specific Union criteria.  

The  “do  no  significant  harm”  principle  applies  only  to  those  investments 
underlying  the  financial  product  that  take  into  account  the  Union  criteria  for 
environmentally sustainable economic activities. The investments underlying the 
remaining  portion  of  this  financial  product  do  not  take  into  account  the  Union 
criteria for environmentally sustainable economic activities. 

 Any  other  sustainable  investments  must  also  not  significantly  harm  any 
environmental or social objectives.  

116

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

 
International Public Partnerships Limited
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

117

How did this financial product consider principal adverse impacts on sustainability factors? Not applicable. As detailed in the section entitled “To what extent were the environmental and/or social characteristics promoted by this financial product met?", every investment opportunity undergoes a detailed screening and due diligence process during which the potential negative impacts that an investment may have on an environmental and/or social characteristic are further considered. Those investments with potential to cause environmental and social risks and/or impacts that are diverse, irreversible or unprecedented in the absence of mitigation are subject to a higher level of due diligence to ensure that any risks are sufficiently mitigated and opportunities realised.What were the top investments of this financial product? Largest investments Sector % Assets Country Cadent Gas Distribution 16.2% UK Tideway Waste water 14.3% UK Diabolo Transport 8.0% Belgium Angel Trains Transport 6.2% UK OFTO – East Anglia Energy Transmission 4.4% UK OFTO – Lincs Energy Transmission 4.0% UK Family Housing for Service Personnel Other 3.9% US Reliance Rail Transport 2.8% Australia BeNEX Transport 2.5% Germany OFTO – BeatriceEnergy Transmission 1.9% UK The list includes the investments constituting the greatest proportion of investments of the financial product during the reference period which is: 1 January to 31 December 2023  118

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

What was the proportion of sustainability-related investments? Not applicable – as noted above, the Company promotes environmental and social characteristics but does not have sustainable investment as its objective and therefore did not invest in sustainable investments, as defined under the SFDR. What was the asset allocation?  97% of the Company’s investments were used to attain the environmental or social characteristics of the Company. The Company may hold cash reserves and/or enter into derivative transactions for the purposes of ancillary liquidity, ongoing portfolio management and hedging. Given the purpose of these investments, there are no minimum environmental and social safeguards applied to such investments. As noted above, for the reporting period, the value of such “other” assets related to 3% of the Company’s investments.   In which economic sectors were the investments made? The Company’s investments were in infrastructure assets, in the following sectors: energy, transmission, transport, education, gas distribution, waste water, health, family housing for service personnel, digital, courts and custodial.  To what extent were the sustainable investments with an environmental objective aligned with the EU Taxonomy? In accordance with the criteria for sustainable investments under the SFDR, the Company does not have a sustainable investment objective, nor has it committed to making sustainable investments. However, this Annual Report includes a summary of an internal assessment of the Company's investments based on the EU Taxonomy technical screening criteria outlined in the Delegated Regulation (EU) 2021/2139 (‘Climate Delegated Act’) and Delegated Regulation (EU) 2023/2486 (‘Environmental Delegated Act’). For more information, please refer to page 26 of the Company’s Sustainability Report. #1 Aligned with E/S characteristics includes the investments of the financial product used to attain the environmental or social characteristics promoted by the financial product. #2 Other includes the remaining investments of the financial product which are neither aligned with the environmental or social characteristics, nor are qualified as sustainable investments. Investments#1 Aligned with E/S characteristics#2 OtherTo comply with the EU Taxonomy, the criteria for fossil gas include limitations on emissions and switching to fully renewable power or low-carbon fuels by the end of 2035. For nuclear energy, the criteria include comprehensive safety and waste management rules. Enabling activities directly enable other activities to make a substantial contribution to an environmental objective. Transitional activities are activities for which low-carbon alternatives are not yet available and among others have greenhouse gas emission levels  corresponding to the best performance. Asset allocation describes the share of investments in specific assets. International Public Partnerships Limited
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

119

43% of the Company’s investments, by portfolio value, were determined to be aligned with the EU Taxonomy, further to the Company's internal assessment and based on the information provided by the investment companies. Those Taxonomy-aligned investments contributed substantially to two of the environmental objectives under the EU Taxonomy: (i) climate change mitigation and (ii) sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources. The Investment Adviser has determined that portfolio value is the most relevant indicator for calculating the Taxonomy-alignment of its investments in infrastructure assets. The Company's Investment Adviser has also sought to determine the proportion of Taxonomy-alignment using turnover, Capex and Opex, as required for the purposes of disclosing in accordance with the charts below. For the purpose of these calculations, the proportion of each Taxonomy-aligned investments' turnover, CapEx and OpEx that is Taxonomy-aligned was weighted according to the proportional value of the Company's total investments.  Climate change mitigation-aligned investments meet the following environmentally sustainable economic activities:  •Transmission and distribution of energy•Passenger interurban rail transportSustainable use and protection of water and marine resources aligned investments meet the following environmentally sustainable economic activities:  •Urban Waste Water TreatmentAs noted above, the charts below provide details of turnover, CapEx and OpEx for those investments estimated to be aligned with the EU Taxonomy. These investments include OFTOs, Reliance Rail, Diabolo, Gold Coast Light Rail (Climate Change mitigation) and Tideway (Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources). For completeness, the Company estimates that 51% of the portfolio is eligible for alignment with the EU Taxonomy. The Company’s Investment Adviser is working to identify those investments that are eligible for alignment with the EU Taxonomy but have not yet been determined to be aligned. They aim to gather greater evidence of policies and procedures in place to ensure that all underlying criteria are met. Therefore, the Investment Adviser has taken a conservative approach and determined that 0% of the Company's remaining investments are Taxonomy-aligned. A contributing factor is that a significant proportion of these investments are in the social infrastructure space, which is not considered under the current iteration of the EU Taxonomy and its technical screening criteria for environmentally sustainable economic activities. Did the financial product invest in fossil gas and/or nuclear energy related activities complying with the EU Taxonomy1? Yes: In fossil gas In nuclear energy No Fossil gas and/or nuclear related activities will only comply with the EU Taxonomy where they contribute to limiting climate change (“climate change mitigation”) and do not significantly harm any EU Taxonomy objective – see explanatory not in the left hand margin. The full criteria for fossil gas and nuclear energy economy activities that comply with the EU Taxonomy are laid down in Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2022/1214. What was the proportion of sustainability-related investments? Not applicable – as noted above, the Company promotes environmental and social characteristics but does not have sustainable investment as its objective and therefore did not invest in sustainable investments, as defined under the SFDR. What was the asset allocation?  97% of the Company’s investments were used to attain the environmental or social characteristics of the Company. The Company may hold cash reserves and/or enter into derivative transactions for the purposes of ancillary liquidity, ongoing portfolio management and hedging. Given the purpose of these investments, there are no minimum environmental and social safeguards applied to such investments. As noted above, for the reporting period, the value of such “other” assets related to 3% of the Company’s investments.   In which economic sectors were the investments made? The Company’s investments were in infrastructure assets, in the following sectors: energy, transmission, transport, education, gas distribution, waste water, health, family housing for service personnel, digital, courts and custodial.  To what extent were the sustainable investments with an environmental objective aligned with the EU Taxonomy? In accordance with the criteria for sustainable investments under the SFDR, the Company does not have a sustainable investment objective, nor has it committed to making sustainable investments. However, this Annual Report includes a summary of an internal assessment of the Company's investments based on the EU Taxonomy technical screening criteria outlined in the Delegated Regulation (EU) 2021/2139 (‘Climate Delegated Act’) and Delegated Regulation (EU) 2023/2486 (‘Environmental Delegated Act’). For more information, please refer to page 26 of the Company’s Sustainability Report. #1 Aligned with E/S characteristics includes the investments of the financial product used to attain the environmental or social characteristics promoted by the financial product. #2 Other includes the remaining investments of the financial product which are neither aligned with the environmental or social characteristics, nor are qualified as sustainable investments. Investments#1 Aligned with E/S characteristics#2 OtherTo comply with the EU Taxonomy, the criteria for fossil gas include limitations on emissions and switching to fully renewable power or low-carbon fuels by the end of 2035. For nuclear energy, the criteria include comprehensive safety and waste management rules. Enabling activities directly enable other activities to make a substantial contribution to an environmental objective. Transitional activities are activities for which low-carbon alternatives are not yet available and among others have greenhouse gas emission levels  corresponding to the best performance. Asset allocation describes the share of investments in specific assets. 120

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

What was the share of investments made in transitional and enabling activities? 43% of investments made in the period were made in Taxonomy-aligned investments, including activities that in and of themselves contribute substantially to one of the six environmental objectives (26%) and enabling activities (17%).  How did the percentage of investments that were aligned with the EU Taxonomy compare with previous reference periods?  Not previously monitored What was the share of sustainable investments with an environmental objective not aligned with the EU Taxonomy?Not applicable What was the share of socially sustainable investments?Not applicable What investments were included under “other”, what was their purpose and were there any minimum environmental or social safeguards? The Company may hold cash reserves and/or enter into derivative transactions for the purposes of ancillary liquidity, ongoing portfolio management and hedging. Given the purpose of these investments, there are no minimum environmental and social safeguards applied to such investments. As noted above, for the reporting period, the value of such “other” assets related to 3% of the Company’s investments.   The graphs below show in green the percentage of investments that were aligned with the EU Taxonomy. As there is no appropriate methodology to determine the taxonomy-alignment of sovereign bonds*, the first graph shows the Taxonomy alignment in relation to all the investments of the financial product including sovereign bonds, while the second graph shows the Taxonomy alignment only in relation to the investments of the financial product other than sovereign bonds. *For the purpose of these graphs, ‘sovereign bonds’ consist of  all sovereign exposuresare sustainable investments with an environmental objective that do not take into account the criteria for environmentally sustainable economic activities under Regulation (EU) 2020/852.  OpExCapExTurnover0%50%100%1. Taxonomy-alignment of investments including sovereign bonds* Taxonomy aligned investmentsOther investmentsOpExCapExTurnover0%20%40%60%80%100%2. Taxonomy-alignment of investments excluding sovereign bonds* Taxonomy alignedinvestmentsTaxonomy-aligned activities are expressed as a share of: -turnoverreflecting theshare of revenuefrom greenactivities ofinvesteecompanies.-capitalexpenditure(CapEx) showingthe greeninvestments madeby investeecompanies, e.g. fora transition to agreen economy.-operationalexpenditure(OpEx) reflectingthe greenoperationalactivities ofinvesteecompanies.International Public Partnerships Limited
International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

121

What actions have been taken to meet the environmental and/or social characteristics during the reference period? As noted above, the Company ensured that the environmental and social characteristics were met on a continuous basis, through the following mandatory practices and in line with the Company’s internal policies and procedures: (a) Sustainable Development Goal Alignment; (b) Alignment with INPP Exclusion criteria;(c)Alignment with INPP’s minimum Governance standards; and (d) ESG incorporated through the investment process. Please refer to the Company’s 2024 Sustainability Report for a full summary of actions taken to attain the environmental and social characteristics of the Company. How did this financial product perform compared to the reference benchmark?  The Company does not use a defined benchmark at this time. How does the reference benchmark differ from a broad market index? Not applicable How did this financial product perform with regard to the sustainability indicators to determine the alignment of the reference benchmark with the environmental or social characteristics promoted? Not applicable How did this financial product perform compared with the reference benchmark? Not applicable How did this financial product perform compared with the broad market index? Not applicable Reference benchmarks are indexes to measure whether the financial product attains the environmental or social characteristics that they promote. What was the share of investments made in transitional and enabling activities? 43% of investments made in the period were made in Taxonomy-aligned investments, including activities that in and of themselves contribute substantially to one of the six environmental objectives (26%) and enabling activities (17%).  How did the percentage of investments that were aligned with the EU Taxonomy compare with previous reference periods?  Not previously monitored What was the share of sustainable investments with an environmental objective not aligned with the EU Taxonomy?Not applicable What was the share of socially sustainable investments?Not applicable What investments were included under “other”, what was their purpose and were there any minimum environmental or social safeguards? The Company may hold cash reserves and/or enter into derivative transactions for the purposes of ancillary liquidity, ongoing portfolio management and hedging. Given the purpose of these investments, there are no minimum environmental and social safeguards applied to such investments. As noted above, for the reporting period, the value of such “other” assets related to 3% of the Company’s investments.   The graphs below show in green the percentage of investments that were aligned with the EU Taxonomy. As there is no appropriate methodology to determine the taxonomy-alignment of sovereign bonds*, the first graph shows the Taxonomy alignment in relation to all the investments of the financial product including sovereign bonds, while the second graph shows the Taxonomy alignment only in relation to the investments of the financial product other than sovereign bonds. *For the purpose of these graphs, ‘sovereign bonds’ consist of  all sovereign exposuresare sustainable investments with an environmental objective that do not take into account the criteria for environmentally sustainable economic activities under Regulation (EU) 2020/852.  OpExCapExTurnover0%50%100%1. Taxonomy-alignment of investments including sovereign bonds* Taxonomy aligned investmentsOther investmentsOpExCapExTurnover0%20%40%60%80%100%2. Taxonomy-alignment of investments excluding sovereign bonds* Taxonomy alignedinvestmentsTaxonomy-aligned activities are expressed as a share of: -turnoverreflecting theshare of revenuefrom greenactivities ofinvesteecompanies.-capitalexpenditure(CapEx) showingthe greeninvestments madeby investeecompanies, e.g. fora transition to agreen economy.-operationalexpenditure(OpEx) reflectingthe greenoperationalactivities ofinvesteecompanies.NOTES

122

International Public Partnerships Limited
Annual Report and financial statements 2023

CBP024450

Printed by a Carbon Neutral Operation (certified: CarbonQuota) under 
the PAS2060 standard. 

Printed on material from well-managed, FSC™ certified forests and other 
controlled sources. This publication was printed by an FSC™ certified 
printer that holds an ISO 14001 certification. 

100% of the inks used are HP Indigo ElectroInk which complies with RoHS 
legislation and meets the chemical requirements of the Nordic Ecolabel 
(Nordic Swan) for printing companies, 95% of press chemicals are recycled 
for further use and, on average 99% of any waste associated with this 
production will be recycled and the remaining 1% used to generate energy. 

The paper is Carbon Balanced with World Land Trust, an international 
conservation charity, who offset carbon emissions through the purchase 
and preservation of high conservation value land. Through protecting 
standing forests, under threat of clearance, carbon is locked-in, that 
would otherwise be released.

I

n

t

e

r

n

a

t

i

o

n

a

l

P

u

b

l

i

c

P

a

r

t

n

e

r

s

h

i

p

s

L

i

m

i

t

e

d

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

f

i

n

a

n

c

i

a

l

s

t

a

t

e

m

e

n

t

s

2

0

2

3

International Public Partnerships Limited
c/o Ocorian Administration (Guernsey) Limited
PO Box 286
Floor 2
Trafalgar Court
Les Banques
St Peter Port
Guernsey, Channel Islands GY1 4LY
Tel: +44 1481 742 742

WWW.INTERNATIONALPUBLICPARTNERSHIPS.COM